diff options
| author | dgp <dgp@users.sourceforge.net> | 2016-06-16 16:27:01 (GMT) |
|---|---|---|
| committer | dgp <dgp@users.sourceforge.net> | 2016-06-16 16:27:01 (GMT) |
| commit | 3cbd3b2bede59c6fd03330ac014e626a0a776522 (patch) | |
| tree | 8e125264e32e68a389be074bfb8795cd212b9114 /doc | |
| parent | 95fb48bf07be37ad0717475514d2c444602a0a6c (diff) | |
| parent | 4fac9b8d0fb5648943635cf4c956c9518e610921 (diff) | |
| download | tcl-3cbd3b2bede59c6fd03330ac014e626a0a776522.zip tcl-3cbd3b2bede59c6fd03330ac014e626a0a776522.tar.gz tcl-3cbd3b2bede59c6fd03330ac014e626a0a776522.tar.bz2 | |
Merge tip of core-8-6-branchbug_16828b3744
Diffstat (limited to 'doc')
231 files changed, 1377 insertions, 1049 deletions
diff --git a/doc/Access.3 b/doc/Access.3 index 1e82e07..699d7ed 100644 --- a/doc/Access.3 +++ b/doc/Access.3 @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_Access 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_Access, Tcl_Stat \- check file permissions and other attributes diff --git a/doc/AddErrInfo.3 b/doc/AddErrInfo.3 index 36f6a20..caba125 100644 --- a/doc/AddErrInfo.3 +++ b/doc/AddErrInfo.3 @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_AddErrorInfo 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_GetReturnOptions, Tcl_SetReturnOptions, Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo, Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo, Tcl_SetObjErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA, Tcl_SetErrorLine, Tcl_GetErrorLine, Tcl_PosixError, Tcl_LogCommandInfo \- retrieve or record information about errors and other return options @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Tcl_GetReturnOptions, Tcl_SetReturnOptions, Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_AppendObjToErr Tcl_Obj * \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR(\fIinterp, code\fR) .sp -int +int \fBTcl_SetReturnOptions\fR(\fIinterp, options\fR) .sp \fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR(\fIinterp, message\fR) @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ void .AS Tcl_Interp commandLength .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in Interpreter in which to record information. -.AP int code +.AP int code The code returned from script evaluation. .AP Tcl_Obj *options A dictionary of return options. @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ retrieve the stack trace when script evaluation returns .CS int code = Tcl_Eval(interp, script); if (code == TCL_ERROR) { - Tcl_Obj *options = \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR(interp, code); + Tcl_Obj *options = \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR(interp, code); Tcl_Obj *key = Tcl_NewStringObj("-errorinfo", -1); Tcl_Obj *stackTrace; Tcl_IncrRefCount(key); @@ -163,12 +163,12 @@ to any reference counting. This is analogous to .PP While \fBTcl_SetReturnOptions\fR provides a general interface to set any collection of return options, there are a handful -of return options that are very frequently used. Most +of return options that are very frequently used. Most notably the \fB\-errorinfo\fR and \fB\-errorcode\fR return options should be set properly when the command procedure of a command returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR. The \fB\-errorline\fR return option is also read by commands that evaluate scripts -and wish to supply detailed error location information in +and wish to supply detailed error location information in the stack trace text they append to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR option. Tcl provides several simpler interfaces to more directly set these return options. @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ is available as a \fBTcl_Obj\fR instead of as a \fBchar\fR array. .PP \fBTcl_AddObjErrorInfo\fR is nearly identical to \fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR, except that it has an additional \fIlength\fR -argument. This allows the \fImessage\fR string to contain +argument. This allows the \fImessage\fR string to contain embedded null bytes. This is essentially never a good idea. If the \fImessage\fR needs to contain the null character \fBU+0000\fR, Tcl's usual internal encoding rules should be used to avoid @@ -232,9 +232,9 @@ the need for a null byte. If the \fBTcl_AddObjErrorInfo\fR interface is used at all, it should be with a negative \fIlength\fR value. .PP The procedure \fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR is used to set the -\fB\-errorcode\fR return option to the list value \fIerrorObjPtr\fR -built up by the caller. -\fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR is typically invoked just +\fB\-errorcode\fR return option to the list value \fIerrorObjPtr\fR +built up by the caller. +\fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR is typically invoked just before returning an error. If an error is returned without calling \fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR or \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR the Tcl interpreter automatically sets @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ the interpreter's result. \fBTcl_LogCommandInfo\fR is invoked after an error occurs in an interpreter. It adds information about the command that was being executed when the error occurred to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR value, and -the line number stored internally in the interpreter is set. +the line number stored internally in the interpreter is set. .PP In older releases of Tcl, there was no \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR routine. In its place, the global Tcl variables \fBerrorInfo\fR @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ global variables remains a supported way to access these return option values, it is important not to assume that writing to those global variables will properly set the corresponding return options. It has long been emphasized -in this manual page that it is important to +in this manual page that it is important to call the procedures described here rather than setting \fBerrorInfo\fR or \fBerrorCode\fR directly with \fBTcl_ObjSetVar2\fR. @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ If the procedure \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR is called, it clears all of the state of the interpreter associated with script evaluation, including the entire return options dictionary. In particular, the \fB\-errorinfo\fR and \fB\-errorcode\fR options -are reset. +are reset. If an error had occurred, the \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR call will clear the error state to make it appear as if no error had occurred after all. diff --git a/doc/Alloc.3 b/doc/Alloc.3 index ca4f949..8f25c52 100644 --- a/doc/Alloc.3 +++ b/doc/Alloc.3 @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_Alloc 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_Alloc, Tcl_Free, Tcl_Realloc, Tcl_AttemptAlloc, Tcl_AttemptRealloc, ckalloc, ckfree, ckrealloc, attemptckalloc, attemptckrealloc \- allocate or free heap memory diff --git a/doc/AllowExc.3 b/doc/AllowExc.3 index ae595f1..172bb30 100644 --- a/doc/AllowExc.3 +++ b/doc/AllowExc.3 @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_AllowExceptions 3 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_AllowExceptions \- allow all exceptions in next script evaluation @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ return with an appropriate message. The particular script evaluation procedures of Tcl that act in the manner are \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR, \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR, \fBTcl_Eval\fR, \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR, \fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR, \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR, \fBTcl_VarEval\fR and -\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR. +\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR. .PP However, if \fBTcl_AllowExceptions\fR is invoked immediately before calling one of those a procedures, then arbitrary completion diff --git a/doc/AppInit.3 b/doc/AppInit.3 index e4ae971..44b2d6b 100644 --- a/doc/AppInit.3 +++ b/doc/AppInit.3 @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_AppInit 3 7.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_AppInit \- perform application-specific initialization @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Invoke a startup script to initialize the application. Use the routines \fBTcl_SetStartupScript\fR and \fBTcl_GetStartupScript\fR to set or query the file and encoding that the active \fBTcl_Main\fR or \fBTk_Main\fR routine will -use as a startup script. +use as a startup script. .LP \fBTcl_AppInit\fR returns \fBTCL_OK\fR or \fBTCL_ERROR\fR. If it returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR then it must leave an error message in diff --git a/doc/AssocData.3 b/doc/AssocData.3 index 59c26a4..d4fa3d7 100644 --- a/doc/AssocData.3 +++ b/doc/AssocData.3 @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_SetAssocData 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_GetAssocData, Tcl_SetAssocData, Tcl_DeleteAssocData \- manage associations of string keys and user specified data with Tcl interpreters diff --git a/doc/Async.3 b/doc/Async.3 index d02f76d..347ba3d 100644 --- a/doc/Async.3 +++ b/doc/Async.3 @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_AsyncCreate 3 7.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_AsyncCreate, Tcl_AsyncMark, Tcl_AsyncInvoke, Tcl_AsyncDelete, Tcl_AsyncReady \- handle asynchronous events diff --git a/doc/BackgdErr.3 b/doc/BackgdErr.3 index 3116671..adbe33c 100644 --- a/doc/BackgdErr.3 +++ b/doc/BackgdErr.3 @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_BackgroundError 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_BackgroundException, Tcl_BackgroundError \- report Tcl exception that occurred in background processing diff --git a/doc/Backslash.3 b/doc/Backslash.3 index 8b399fc..0805f8e 100644 --- a/doc/Backslash.3 +++ b/doc/Backslash.3 @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_Backslash 3 "8.1" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_Backslash \- parse a backslash sequence @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ The use of \fBTcl_Backslash\fR is deprecated in favor of .PP This is a utility procedure provided for backwards compatibility with non-internationalized Tcl extensions. It parses a backslash sequence and -returns the low byte of the Unicode character corresponding to the sequence. +returns the low byte of the Unicode character corresponding to the sequence. \fBTcl_Backslash\fR modifies \fI*countPtr\fR to contain the number of characters in the backslash sequence. .PP diff --git a/doc/BoolObj.3 b/doc/BoolObj.3 index 6691140..7268e1f 100644 --- a/doc/BoolObj.3 +++ b/doc/BoolObj.3 @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_BooleanObj 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_NewBooleanObj, Tcl_SetBooleanObj, Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj \- store/retrieve boolean value in a Tcl_Obj @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ value \fIboolValue\fR in it, and returns a pointer to the new Tcl_Obj. The new Tcl_Obj has reference count of zero. .PP \fBTcl_SetBooleanObj\fR accepts \fIobjPtr\fR, a pointer to -an existing Tcl_Obj, and stores in the Tcl_Obj \fI*objPtr\fR +an existing Tcl_Obj, and stores in the Tcl_Obj \fI*objPtr\fR the boolean value \fIboolValue\fR. This is a write operation on \fI*objPtr\fR, so \fIobjPtr\fR must be unshared. Attempts to write to a shared Tcl_Obj will panic. A successful write @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ any former value stored in \fI*objPtr\fR. from the value stored in \fI*objPtr\fR. If \fIobjPtr\fR holds a string value recognized by \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR, then the recognized boolean value is written at the address given -by \fIboolPtr\fR. +by \fIboolPtr\fR. If \fIobjPtr\fR holds any value recognized as a number by Tcl, then if that value is zero a 0 is written at the address given by \fIboolPtr\fR and if that @@ -69,10 +69,10 @@ value is non-zero a 1 is written at the address given by \fIboolPtr\fR. In all cases where a value is written at the address given by \fIboolPtr\fR, \fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR returns \fBTCL_OK\fR. If the value of \fIobjPtr\fR does not meet any of the conditions -above, then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and an error message is +above, then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and an error message is left in the interpreter's result unless \fIinterp\fR is NULL. \fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR may also make changes to the internal -fields of \fI*objPtr\fR so that future calls to +fields of \fI*objPtr\fR so that future calls to \fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR on the same \fIobjPtr\fR can be performed more efficiently. .PP diff --git a/doc/ByteArrObj.3 b/doc/ByteArrObj.3 index 2921f68..ff0b4e1 100644 --- a/doc/ByteArrObj.3 +++ b/doc/ByteArrObj.3 @@ -3,12 +3,12 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_ByteArrayObj 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME -Tcl_NewByteArrayObj, Tcl_SetByteArrayObj, Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj, Tcl_SetByteArrayLength \- manipulate Tcl values as a arrays of bytes +Tcl_NewByteArrayObj, Tcl_SetByteArrayObj, Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj, Tcl_SetByteArrayLength \- manipulate Tcl values as a arrays of bytes .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Tcl_NewByteArrayObj, Tcl_SetByteArrayObj, Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj, Tcl_SetByteAr Tcl_Obj * \fBTcl_NewByteArrayObj\fR(\fIbytes, length\fR) .sp -void +void \fBTcl_SetByteArrayObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, bytes, length\fR) .sp unsigned char * @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ allocated for the array, the array is reallocated to the new length; the newly allocated bytes at the end of the array have arbitrary values. If \fIlength\fR is less than the space currently allocated for the array, the length of array is reduced to the new length. The return value is a -pointer to the value's new array of bytes. +pointer to the value's new array of bytes. .SH "SEE ALSO" Tcl_GetStringFromObj, Tcl_NewObj, Tcl_IncrRefCount, Tcl_DecrRefCount diff --git a/doc/CallDel.3 b/doc/CallDel.3 index dec4392..766621a 100644 --- a/doc/CallDel.3 +++ b/doc/CallDel.3 @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_CallWhenDeleted 3 7.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_CallWhenDeleted, Tcl_DontCallWhenDeleted \- Arrange for callback when interpreter is deleted diff --git a/doc/Cancel.3 b/doc/Cancel.3 index 80db3a3..847707e 100644 --- a/doc/Cancel.3 +++ b/doc/Cancel.3 @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_Cancel 3 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_CancelEval, Tcl_Canceled \- cancel Tcl scripts @@ -13,20 +13,25 @@ Tcl_CancelEval, Tcl_Canceled \- cancel Tcl scripts .nf \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR int -\fBTcl_CancelEval\fR(\fIinterp, clientData, flags\fR) +\fBTcl_CancelEval\fR(\fIinterp, resultObjPtr, clientData, flags\fR) .sp int \fBTcl_Canceled\fR(\fIinterp, flags\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS +.AS Tcl_Interp *interp .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in Interpreter in which to cancel the script. +.AP Tcl_Obj *resultObjPtr in +Error message to use in the cancellation, or NULL to use a default message. If +not NULL, this object will have its reference count decremented before +\fBTcl_CancelEval\fR returns. .AP int flags in ORed combination of flag bits that specify additional options. For \fBTcl_CancelEval\fR, only \fBTCL_CANCEL_UNWIND\fR is currently supported. For \fBTcl_Canceled\fR, only \fBTCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG\fR and \fBTCL_CANCEL_UNWIND\fR are currently supported. .AP ClientData clientData in -Currently, reserved for future use. +Currently reserved for future use. It should be set to NULL. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -41,19 +46,21 @@ returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR if it has. Otherwise, \fBTCL_OK\fR is returned. Extensions can use this function to check to see if they should abort a long running command. This function is thread sensitive and may only be called from the thread the interpreter was created in. -.SH "FLAG BITS" +.SS "FLAG BITS" Any ORed combination of the following values may be used for the \fIflags\fR argument to procedures such as \fBTcl_CancelEval\fR: -.TP 23 +.TP 20 \fBTCL_CANCEL_UNWIND\fR +. This flag is used by \fBTcl_CancelEval\fR and \fBTcl_Canceled\fR. -For \fBTcl_CancelEval\fR, if this flag is set, the script in progress +For \fBTcl_CancelEval\fR, if this flag is set, the script in progress is canceled and the evaluation stack for the interpreter is unwound. -For \fBTcl_Canceled\fR, if this flag is set, the script in progress -is considered to be canceled only if the evaluation stack for the +For \fBTcl_Canceled\fR, if this flag is set, the script in progress +is considered to be canceled only if the evaluation stack for the interpreter is being unwound. -.TP 23 +.TP 20 \fBTCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG\fR +. This flag is only used by \fBTcl_Canceled\fR; it is ignored by other procedures. If an error is returned and this bit is set in \fIflags\fR, then an error message will be left in the interpreter's @@ -61,6 +68,7 @@ result, where it can be retrieved with \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR or \fBTcl_GetStringResult\fR. If this flag bit is not set then no error message is left and the interpreter's result will not be modified. .SH "SEE ALSO" +interp(n), Tcl_Eval(3), TIP 285 .SH KEYWORDS cancel, unwind diff --git a/doc/ChnlStack.3 b/doc/ChnlStack.3 index 9ec38b4..b046cd2 100644 --- a/doc/ChnlStack.3 +++ b/doc/ChnlStack.3 @@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_StackChannel 3 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/Class.3 b/doc/Class.3 index 28cea9b..1c3fe08 100644 --- a/doc/Class.3 +++ b/doc/Class.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_Class 3 0.1 TclOO "TclOO Library Functions" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -71,7 +71,8 @@ The name of the object to create, or NULL if a new unused name is to be automatically selected. .AP "const char" *nsName in The name of the namespace to create for the object's private use, or NULL if a -new unused name is to be automatically selected. +new unused name is to be automatically selected. The namespace must not +already exist. .AP int objc in The number of elements in the \fIobjv\fR array. .AP "Tcl_Obj *const" *objv in @@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ function. Note that the Tcl_Obj reference returned by \fBTcl_GetObjectName\fR is a shared reference. .PP Instances of classes are created using \fBTcl_NewObjectInstance\fR, which -takes creates an object from any class (and which is internally called by both +creates an object from any class (and which is internally called by both the \fBcreate\fR and \fBnew\fR methods of the \fBoo::class\fR class). It takes parameters that optionally give the name of the object and namespace to create, and which describe the arguments to pass to the class's constructor diff --git a/doc/CmdCmplt.3 b/doc/CmdCmplt.3 index eeae039..25b372e 100644 --- a/doc/CmdCmplt.3 +++ b/doc/CmdCmplt.3 @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_CommandComplete 3 "" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_CommandComplete \- Check for unmatched braces in a Tcl command diff --git a/doc/Concat.3 b/doc/Concat.3 index c38bf82..58a0fb6 100644 --- a/doc/Concat.3 +++ b/doc/Concat.3 @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_Concat 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_Concat \- concatenate a collection of strings diff --git a/doc/CrtChannel.3 b/doc/CrtChannel.3 index 57bb76e..6ef94b5 100644 --- a/doc/CrtChannel.3 +++ b/doc/CrtChannel.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_CreateChannel 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ typedef struct Tcl_ChannelType { It is not necessary to provide implementations for all channel operations. Those which are not necessary may be set to NULL in the struct: \fIblockModeProc\fR, \fIseekProc\fR, \fIsetOptionProc\fR, -\fIgetOptionProc\fR, and \fIclose2Proc\fR, in addition to +\fIgetOptionProc\fR, \fIgetHandleProc\fR, and \fIclose2Proc\fR, in addition to \fIflushProc\fR, \fIhandlerProc\fR, \fIthreadActionProc\fR, and \fItruncateProc\fR. Other functions that cannot be implemented in a meaningful way should return \fBEINVAL\fR when called, to indicate @@ -639,13 +639,13 @@ called to set them, e.g. \fB\-blockmode\fR. Other options are specific to each channel type and the \fIsetOptionProc\fR procedure of the channel driver will get called to implement them. The \fIsetOptionProc\fR field can be NULL, which indicates that this channel type supports no type specific -options. +options. .PP If the option value is successfully modified to the new value, the function returns \fBTCL_OK\fR. It should call \fBTcl_BadChannelOption\fR which itself returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR if the \fIoptionName\fR is -unrecognized. +unrecognized. If \fInewValue\fR specifies a value for the option that is not supported or if a system call error occurs, the function should leave an error message in the @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ channel. If the option name is not NULL, the function stores its current value, as a string, in the Tcl dynamic string \fIoptionValue\fR. If \fIoptionName\fR is NULL, the function stores in \fIoptionValue\fR an alternating list of all supported options and their current values. -On success, the function returns \fBTCL_OK\fR. +On success, the function returns \fBTCL_OK\fR. It should call \fBTcl_BadChannelOption\fR which itself returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR if the \fIoptionName\fR is unrecognized. If a system call error occurs, @@ -839,7 +839,7 @@ which returns a pointer to the function. This procedure generates a .QW "bad option" error message in an -(optional) interpreter. It is used by channel drivers when +(optional) interpreter. It is used by channel drivers when an invalid Set/Get option is requested. Its purpose is to concatenate the generic options list to the specific ones and factorize the generic options error message string. @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ An error message is generated in \fIinterp\fR's result value to indicate that a command was invoked with a bad option. The message has the form .CS - bad option "blah": should be one of + bad option "blah": should be one of <...generic options...>+<...specific options...> .CE so you get for instance: diff --git a/doc/CrtChnlHdlr.3 b/doc/CrtChnlHdlr.3 index 1451e30..0ecd3c9 100644 --- a/doc/CrtChnlHdlr.3 +++ b/doc/CrtChnlHdlr.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_CreateChannelHandler 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/CrtCloseHdlr.3 b/doc/CrtCloseHdlr.3 index a114f9c..bac2431 100644 --- a/doc/CrtCloseHdlr.3 +++ b/doc/CrtCloseHdlr.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_CreateCloseHandler 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/CrtCommand.3 b/doc/CrtCommand.3 index c921999..bf76d48 100644 --- a/doc/CrtCommand.3 +++ b/doc/CrtCommand.3 @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_CreateCommand 3 "" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_CreateCommand \- implement new commands in C @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ the command, \fIargc\fR giving the number of arguments (including the command name) and \fIargv\fR giving the values of the arguments as strings. The \fIargv\fR array will contain \fIargc\fR+1 values; the first \fIargc\fR values point to the argument strings, and the -last value is NULL. +last value is NULL. Note that the argument strings should not be modified as they may point to constant strings or may be shared with other parts of the interpreter. diff --git a/doc/CrtFileHdlr.3 b/doc/CrtFileHdlr.3 index cbc5e9f..c1bc1fa 100644 --- a/doc/CrtFileHdlr.3 +++ b/doc/CrtFileHdlr.3 @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_CreateFileHandler 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_CreateFileHandler, Tcl_DeleteFileHandler \- associate procedure callbacks with files or devices (Unix only) diff --git a/doc/CrtInterp.3 b/doc/CrtInterp.3 index 1156a20..679795e 100644 --- a/doc/CrtInterp.3 +++ b/doc/CrtInterp.3 @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_CreateInterp 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_CreateInterp, Tcl_DeleteInterp, Tcl_InterpActive, Tcl_InterpDeleted \- create and delete Tcl command interpreters diff --git a/doc/CrtMathFnc.3 b/doc/CrtMathFnc.3 index cdde20b..acceb5b 100644 --- a/doc/CrtMathFnc.3 +++ b/doc/CrtMathFnc.3 @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_CreateMathFunc 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_CreateMathFunc, Tcl_GetMathFuncInfo, Tcl_ListMathFuncs \- Define, query and enumerate math functions for expressions @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ released by passing it to \fBTcl_Free\fR. Some functions (the standard set implemented in the core, and those defined by placing commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace) do not have argument type information; attempting to retrieve values for -them causes a NULL to be stored in the variable pointed to by +them causes a NULL to be stored in the variable pointed to by \fIprocPtr\fR and the variable pointed to by \fIclientDataPtr\fR will not be modified. The variable pointed to by \fInumArgsPointer\fR will contain -1, and no argument types will be stored in the variable diff --git a/doc/CrtObjCmd.3 b/doc/CrtObjCmd.3 index faf8b74..6714bd7 100644 --- a/doc/CrtObjCmd.3 +++ b/doc/CrtObjCmd.3 @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_CreateObjCommand 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandInfo, Tcl_GetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_SetCommandInfo, Tcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandName, Tcl_GetCommandFullName, Tcl_GetCommandFromObj \- implement new commands in C @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ However, if the existing command was created by a previous call to but instead arranges for the Tcl interpreter to call the \fBTcl_ObjCmdProc\fR \fIproc\fR in the future. The old string-based \fBTcl_CmdProc\fR associated with the command -is retained and its address can be obtained by subsequent +is retained and its address can be obtained by subsequent \fBTcl_GetCommandInfo\fR calls. This is done for backwards compatibility. .PP \fIDeleteProc\fR will be invoked when (if) \fIname\fR is deleted. @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ command is not deleted or renamed; callers should copy the string if they need to keep it for a long time. .PP \fBTcl_GetCommandFullName\fR produces the fully qualified name -of a command from a command token. +of a command from a command token. The name, including all namespace prefixes, is appended to the value specified by \fIobjPtr\fR. .PP diff --git a/doc/CrtSlave.3 b/doc/CrtSlave.3 index 000ae58..ac681bc 100644 --- a/doc/CrtSlave.3 +++ b/doc/CrtSlave.3 @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_CreateSlave 3 7.6 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_IsSafe, Tcl_MakeSafe, Tcl_CreateSlave, Tcl_GetSlave, Tcl_GetMaster, Tcl_GetInterpPath, Tcl_CreateAlias, Tcl_CreateAliasObj, Tcl_GetAlias, Tcl_GetAliasObj, Tcl_ExposeCommand, Tcl_HideCommand \- manage multiple Tcl interpreters, aliases and hidden commands @@ -122,8 +122,8 @@ is either \fBTCL_OK\fR or \fBTCL_ERROR\fR. If \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned then the \fBresult\fR field of the interpreter contains an error message. .PP \fBTcl_CreateSlave\fR creates a new interpreter as a slave of \fIinterp\fR. -It also creates a slave command named \fIslaveName\fR in \fIinterp\fR which -allows \fIinterp\fR to manipulate the new slave. +It also creates a slave command named \fIslaveName\fR in \fIinterp\fR which +allows \fIinterp\fR to manipulate the new slave. If \fIisSafe\fR is zero, the command creates a trusted slave in which Tcl code has access to all the Tcl commands. If it is \fB1\fR, the command creates a @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ created by \fBTcl_CreateSlave\fR) between \fIslaveInterp\fR and \fItargetInterp\fR. Any two interpreters can be used, without any restrictions on how they are related. .PP -\fBTcl_CreateAliasObj\fR is similar to \fBTcl_CreateAlias\fR except +\fBTcl_CreateAliasObj\fR is similar to \fBTcl_CreateAlias\fR except that it takes a vector of values to pass as additional arguments instead of a vector of strings. .PP @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ strings. \fBTcl_ExposeCommand\fR moves the command named \fIhiddenCmdName\fR from the set of hidden commands to the set of exposed commands, putting it under the name -\fIcmdName\fR. +\fIcmdName\fR. \fIHiddenCmdName\fR must be the name of an existing hidden command, or the operation will return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leave an error message in the \fIresult\fR field in \fIinterp\fR. diff --git a/doc/CrtTimerHdlr.3 b/doc/CrtTimerHdlr.3 index 2c9f90a..f3957c7 100644 --- a/doc/CrtTimerHdlr.3 +++ b/doc/CrtTimerHdlr.3 @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_CreateTimerHandler 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_CreateTimerHandler, Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler \- call a procedure at a given time diff --git a/doc/CrtTrace.3 b/doc/CrtTrace.3 index 3689add..d5353ac 100644 --- a/doc/CrtTrace.3 +++ b/doc/CrtTrace.3 @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_CreateTrace 3 "" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_CreateTrace, Tcl_CreateObjTrace, Tcl_DeleteTrace \- arrange for command execution to be traced @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ interpreter. \fBTcl_CmdObjTraceProc\fR: .PP .CS -typedef int \fBTcl_CmdObjTraceProc\fR( +typedef int \fBTcl_CmdObjTraceProc\fR( \fBClientData\fR \fIclientData\fR, \fBTcl_Interp\fR* \fIinterp\fR, int \fIlevel\fR, @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ When \fBTcl_DeleteTrace\fR is called, the interpreter invokes the \fBTcl_CmdObjTraceDeleteProc\fR: .PP .CS -typedef void \fBTcl_CmdObjTraceDeleteProc\fR( +typedef void \fBTcl_CmdObjTraceDeleteProc\fR( \fBClientData\fR \fIclientData\fR); .CE .PP diff --git a/doc/DString.3 b/doc/DString.3 index a85b1cf..00f1b8a 100644 --- a/doc/DString.3 +++ b/doc/DString.3 @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_DString 3 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_DStringInit, Tcl_DStringAppend, Tcl_DStringAppendElement, Tcl_DStringStartSublist, Tcl_DStringEndSublist, Tcl_DStringLength, Tcl_DStringValue, Tcl_DStringSetLength, Tcl_DStringTrunc, Tcl_DStringFree, Tcl_DStringResult, Tcl_DStringGetResult \- manipulate dynamic strings diff --git a/doc/DetachPids.3 b/doc/DetachPids.3 index 0535cd8..39a51d3 100644 --- a/doc/DetachPids.3 +++ b/doc/DetachPids.3 @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_DetachPids 3 "" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_DetachPids, Tcl_ReapDetachedProcs, Tcl_WaitPid \- manage child processes in background diff --git a/doc/DictObj.3 b/doc/DictObj.3 index db8f39a..90ca9e3 100644 --- a/doc/DictObj.3 +++ b/doc/DictObj.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_DictObj 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/DoOneEvent.3 b/doc/DoOneEvent.3 index 9bdf926..d48afd0 100644 --- a/doc/DoOneEvent.3 +++ b/doc/DoOneEvent.3 @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_DoOneEvent 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_DoOneEvent \- wait for events and invoke event handlers @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ int .AS int flags .AP int flags in This parameter is normally zero. It may be an OR-ed combination -of any of the following flag bits: +of any of the following flag bits: \fBTCL_WINDOW_EVENTS\fR, \fBTCL_FILE_EVENTS\fR, \fBTCL_TIMER_EVENTS\fR, \fBTCL_IDLE_EVENTS\fR, \fBTCL_ALL_EVENTS\fR, or \fBTCL_DONT_WAIT\fR. @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ handlers for the first event on the queue, and returns. If no events are found, \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR checks for \fBTcl_DoWhenIdle\fR callbacks; if any are found, it invokes all of them and returns. Finally, if no events or idle callbacks have been found, then -\fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR sleeps until an event occurs; then it adds any +\fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR sleeps until an event occurs; then it adds any new events to the Tcl event queue, calls handlers for the first event, and returns. The normal return value is 1 to signify that some event diff --git a/doc/DoWhenIdle.3 b/doc/DoWhenIdle.3 index 27a4b8c..3e28b4d 100644 --- a/doc/DoWhenIdle.3 +++ b/doc/DoWhenIdle.3 @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_DoWhenIdle 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_DoWhenIdle, Tcl_CancelIdleCall \- invoke a procedure when there are no pending events diff --git a/doc/DoubleObj.3 b/doc/DoubleObj.3 index f811c89..85e4de5 100644 --- a/doc/DoubleObj.3 +++ b/doc/DoubleObj.3 @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_DoubleObj 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_NewDoubleObj, Tcl_SetDoubleObj, Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj \- manipulate Tcl values as floating-point values @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ A double-precision floating-point value used to initialize or set a Tcl value. For \fBTcl_SetDoubleObj\fR, this points to the value in which to store a double value. For \fBTcl_GetDoubleFromObj\fR, this refers to the value -from which to retrieve a double value. +from which to retrieve a double value. .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in/out When non-NULL, an error message is left here when double value retrieval fails. .AP double *doublePtr out @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ returned, and the double value is written to the storage pointed to by \fIdoublePtr\fR. If the attempt fails, then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned, and if \fIinterp\fR is non-NULL, an error message is left in \fIinterp\fR. The \fBTcl_ObjType\fR of \fIobjPtr\fR may be changed to make subsequent -calls to \fBTcl_GetDoubleFromObj\fR more efficient. +calls to \fBTcl_GetDoubleFromObj\fR more efficient. '\" TODO: add discussion of treatment of NaN value .SH "SEE ALSO" Tcl_NewObj, Tcl_DecrRefCount, Tcl_IncrRefCount, Tcl_GetObjResult diff --git a/doc/DumpActiveMemory.3 b/doc/DumpActiveMemory.3 index 1f6cb46..43333da 100644 --- a/doc/DumpActiveMemory.3 +++ b/doc/DumpActiveMemory.3 @@ -2,9 +2,9 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1992-1999 Karl Lehenbauer and Mark Diekhans. '\" Copyright (c) 2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH "Tcl_DumpActiveMemory" 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_DumpActiveMemory, Tcl_InitMemory, Tcl_ValidateAllMemory \- Validated memory allocation interface @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ These functions provide access to Tcl memory debugging information. They are only functional when Tcl has been compiled with \fBTCL_MEM_DEBUG\fR defined at compile-time. When \fBTCL_MEM_DEBUG\fR is not defined, these functions are all no-ops. -.PP +.PP \fBTcl_DumpActiveMemory\fR will output a list of all currently allocated memory to the specified file. The information output for each allocated block of memory is: starting and ending addresses diff --git a/doc/Encoding.3 b/doc/Encoding.3 index 7bcb285..81ef508 100644 --- a/doc/Encoding.3 +++ b/doc/Encoding.3 @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_GetEncoding 3 "8.1" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_GetEncoding, Tcl_FreeEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingFromObj, Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString, Tcl_ExternalToUtf, Tcl_UtfToExternalDString, Tcl_UtfToExternal, Tcl_WinTCharToUtf, Tcl_WinUtfToTChar, Tcl_GetEncodingName, Tcl_SetSystemEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingNameFromEnvironment, Tcl_GetEncodingNames, Tcl_CreateEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_SetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir, Tcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir \- procedures for creating and using encodings @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ desired. .AP "const char" *name in Name of encoding to load. .AP Tcl_Encoding encoding in -The encoding to query, free, or use for converting text. If \fIencoding\fR is +The encoding to query, free, or use for converting text. If \fIencoding\fR is NULL, the current system encoding is used. .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in Name of encoding to get token for. @@ -86,17 +86,17 @@ Points to storage where encoding token is to be written. For the \fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR functions, an array of bytes in the specified encoding that are to be converted to UTF-8. For the \fBTcl_UtfToExternal\fR and \fBTcl_WinUtfToTChar\fR functions, an array of -UTF-8 characters to be converted to the specified encoding. +UTF-8 characters to be converted to the specified encoding. .AP "const TCHAR" *tsrc in An array of Windows TCHAR characters to convert to UTF-8. -.AP int srcLen in -Length of \fIsrc\fR or \fItsrc\fR in bytes. If the length is negative, the +.AP int srcLen in +Length of \fIsrc\fR or \fItsrc\fR in bytes. If the length is negative, the encoding-specific length of the string is used. .AP Tcl_DString *dstPtr out Pointer to an uninitialized or free \fBTcl_DString\fR in which the converted result will be stored. .AP int flags in -Various flag bits OR-ed together. +Various flag bits OR-ed together. \fBTCL_ENCODING_START\fR signifies that the source buffer is the first block in a (potentially multi-block) input stream, telling the conversion routine to reset to an initial state and @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ byte is converted and then to reset to an initial state. \fBTCL_ENCODING_STOPONERROR\fR signifies that the conversion routine should return immediately upon reading a source character that does not exist in the target encoding; otherwise a default fallback character will -automatically be substituted. +automatically be substituted. .AP Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr in/out Used when converting a (generally long or indefinite length) byte stream in a piece-by-piece fashion. The conversion routine stores its current @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ state in \fI*statePtr\fR after \fIsrc\fR (the buffer containing the current piece) has been converted; that state information must be passed back when converting the next piece of the stream so the conversion routine knows what state it was in when it left off at the end of the -last piece. May be NULL, in which case the value specified for \fIflags\fR +last piece. May be NULL, in which case the value specified for \fIflags\fR is ignored and the source buffer is assumed to contain the complete string to convert. .AP char *dst out @@ -137,11 +137,11 @@ stored in the output buffer. May be NULL. .AP Tcl_DString *bufPtr out Storage for the prescribed system encoding name. .AP "const Tcl_EncodingType" *typePtr in -Structure that defines a new type of encoding. +Structure that defines a new type of encoding. .AP Tcl_Obj *searchPath in List of filesystem directories in which to search for encoding data files. .AP "const char" *path in -A path to the location of the encoding file. +A path to the location of the encoding file. .BE .SH INTRODUCTION .PP @@ -180,13 +180,13 @@ The first time \fIname\fR is seen, \fBTcl_GetEncoding\fR returns an encoding with a reference count of 1. If the same \fIname\fR is requested further times, then the reference count for that encoding is incremented without the overhead of allocating a new encoding and all its associated -data structures. +data structures. .PP When an \fIencoding\fR is no longer needed, \fBTcl_FreeEncoding\fR should be called to release it. When an \fIencoding\fR is no longer in use anywhere (i.e., it has been freed as many times as it has been gotten) \fBTcl_FreeEncoding\fR will release all storage the encoding was using -and delete it from the database. +and delete it from the database. .PP \fBTcl_GetEncodingFromObj\fR treats the string representation of \fIobjPtr\fR as an encoding name, and finds an encoding with that @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ on the resulting encoding token when that token will no longer be used. .PP \fBTcl_ExternalToUtfDString\fR converts a source buffer \fIsrc\fR from the -specified \fIencoding\fR into UTF-8. The converted bytes are stored in +specified \fIencoding\fR into UTF-8. The converted bytes are stored in \fIdstPtr\fR, which is then null-terminated. The caller should eventually call \fBTcl_DStringFree\fR to free any information stored in \fIdstPtr\fR. When converting, if any of the characters in the source buffer cannot be @@ -227,17 +227,17 @@ sequence, but more bytes were needed to complete this sequence. A subsequent call to the conversion routine should pass a buffer containing the unconverted bytes that remained in \fIsrc\fR plus some further bytes from the source stream to properly convert the formerly split-up multibyte -sequence. +sequence. .IP \fBTCL_CONVERT_SYNTAX\fR 29 The source buffer contained an invalid character sequence. This may occur if the input stream has been damaged or if the input encoding method was misidentified. .IP \fBTCL_CONVERT_UNKNOWN\fR 29 The source buffer contained a character that could not be represented in -the target encoding and \fBTCL_ENCODING_STOPONERROR\fR was specified. +the target encoding and \fBTCL_ENCODING_STOPONERROR\fR was specified. .RE .LP -\fBTcl_UtfToExternalDString\fR converts a source buffer \fIsrc\fR from UTF-8 +\fBTcl_UtfToExternalDString\fR converts a source buffer \fIsrc\fR from UTF-8 into the specified \fIencoding\fR. The converted bytes are stored in \fIdstPtr\fR, which is then terminated with the appropriate encoding-specific null. The caller should eventually call \fBTcl_DStringFree\fR to free any @@ -257,51 +257,17 @@ is filled with the corresponding number of bytes that were stored in .PP \fBTcl_WinUtfToTChar\fR and \fBTcl_WinTCharToUtf\fR are Windows-only convenience -functions for converting between UTF-8 and Windows strings. On Windows 95 -(as with the Unix operating system), -all strings exchanged between Tcl and the operating system are -.QW "char" -based. On Windows NT, some strings exchanged between Tcl and the -operating system are -.QW "char" -oriented while others are in Unicode. By -convention, in Windows a TCHAR is a character in the ANSI code page -on Windows 95 and a Unicode character on Windows NT. -.PP -If you planned to use the same -.QW "char" -based interfaces on both Windows -95 and Windows NT, you could use \fBTcl_UtfToExternal\fR and -\fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR (or their \fBTcl_DString\fR equivalents) with an -encoding of NULL (the current system encoding). On the other hand, -if you planned to use the Unicode interface when running on Windows NT -and the -.QW "char" -interfaces when running on Windows 95, you would have -to perform the following type of test over and over in your program -(as represented in pseudo-code): -.PP -.CS -if (running NT) { - encoding <- Tcl_GetEncoding("unicode"); - nativeBuffer <- Tcl_UtfToExternal(encoding, utfBuffer); - Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding); -} else { - nativeBuffer <- Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, utfBuffer); -} -.CE -.PP -\fBTcl_WinUtfToTChar\fR and \fBTcl_WinTCharToUtf\fR automatically -handle this test and use the proper encoding based on the current -operating system. \fBTcl_WinUtfToTChar\fR returns a pointer to -a TCHAR string, and \fBTcl_WinTCharToUtf\fR expects a TCHAR string -pointer as the \fIsrc\fR string. Otherwise, these functions -behave identically to \fBTcl_UtfToExternalDString\fR and -\fBTcl_ExternalToUtfDString\fR. +functions for converting between UTF-8 and Windows strings +based on the TCHAR type which is by convention +a Unicode character on Windows NT. +These functions are essentially wrappers around +\fBTcl_UtfToExternalDString\fR and +\fBTcl_ExternalToUtfDString\fR that convert to and from the +Unicode encoding. .PP \fBTcl_GetEncodingName\fR is roughly the inverse of \fBTcl_GetEncoding\fR. Given an \fIencoding\fR, the return value is the \fIname\fR argument that -was used to create the encoding. The string returned by +was used to create the encoding. The string returned by \fBTcl_GetEncodingName\fR is only guaranteed to persist until the \fIencoding\fR is deleted. The caller must not modify this string. .PP @@ -340,9 +306,9 @@ reference count of 1. If an encoding with the specified \fIname\fR already exists, then its entry in the database is replaced with the new encoding; the token for the old encoding will remain valid and continue to behave as before, but users of the new token will now call the new -encoding procedures. +encoding procedures. .PP -The \fItypePtr\fR argument to \fBTcl_CreateEncoding\fR contains information +The \fItypePtr\fR argument to \fBTcl_CreateEncoding\fR contains information about the name of the encoding and the procedures that will be called to convert between this encoding and UTF-8. It is defined as follows: .PP @@ -354,7 +320,7 @@ typedef struct Tcl_EncodingType { Tcl_EncodingFreeProc *\fIfreeProc\fR; ClientData \fIclientData\fR; int \fInullSize\fR; -} \fBTcl_EncodingType\fR; +} \fBTcl_EncodingType\fR; .CE .PP The \fIencodingName\fR provides a string name for the encoding, by @@ -384,12 +350,12 @@ type \fBTcl_EncodingConvertProc\fR: .CS typedef int \fBTcl_EncodingConvertProc\fR( ClientData \fIclientData\fR, - const char *\fIsrc\fR, - int \fIsrcLen\fR, - int \fIflags\fR, + const char *\fIsrc\fR, + int \fIsrcLen\fR, + int \fIflags\fR, Tcl_EncodingState *\fIstatePtr\fR, - char *\fIdst\fR, - int \fIdstLen\fR, + char *\fIdst\fR, + int \fIdstLen\fR, int *\fIsrcReadPtr\fR, int *\fIdstWrotePtr\fR, int *\fIdstCharsPtr\fR); @@ -405,12 +371,12 @@ documented at the top, to \fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR or \fBTcl_UtfToExternal\fR, with the following exceptions. If the \fIsrcLen\fR argument to one of those high-level functions is negative, the value passed to the callback procedure will be the appropriate -encoding-specific string length of \fIsrc\fR. If any of the \fIsrcReadPtr\fR, +encoding-specific string length of \fIsrc\fR. If any of the \fIsrcReadPtr\fR, \fIdstWrotePtr\fR, or \fIdstCharsPtr\fR arguments to one of the high-level functions is NULL, the corresponding value passed to the callback procedure will be a non-NULL location. .PP -The callback procedure \fIfreeProc\fR, if non-NULL, should match the type +The callback procedure \fIfreeProc\fR, if non-NULL, should match the type \fBTcl_EncodingFreeProc\fR: .PP .CS @@ -420,11 +386,11 @@ typedef void \fBTcl_EncodingFreeProc\fR( .PP This \fIfreeProc\fR function is called when the encoding is deleted. The \fIclientData\fR parameter is the same as the \fIclientData\fR field -specified to \fBTcl_CreateEncoding\fR when the encoding was created. +specified to \fBTcl_CreateEncoding\fR when the encoding was created. .PP \fBTcl_GetEncodingSearchPath\fR and \fBTcl_SetEncodingSearchPath\fR are called to access and set the list of filesystem directories searched -for encoding data files. +for encoding data files. .PP The value returned by \fBTcl_GetEncodingSearchPath\fR is the value stored by the last successful call to @@ -457,7 +423,7 @@ encoding files that can be loaded using the same mechanism. These encoding files contain information about the tables and/or escape sequences used to map between an external encoding and Unicode. The external encoding may consist of single-byte, multi-byte, or double-byte -characters. +characters. .PP Each dynamically-loadable encoding is represented as a text file. The initial line of the file, beginning with a @@ -481,9 +447,9 @@ many Japanese computers. .IP "[4] \fBE\fR" An escape-sequence encoding, specifying that certain sequences of bytes do not represent characters, but commands that describe how following bytes -should be interpreted. +should be interpreted. .PP -The rest of the lines in the file depend on the type. +The rest of the lines in the file depend on the type. .PP Cases [1], [2], and [3] are collectively referred to as table-based encoding files. The lines in a table-based encoding file are in the same @@ -534,7 +500,7 @@ The third line of the file is three numbers. The first number is the fallback character (in base 16) to use when converting from UTF-8 to this encoding. The second number is a \fB1\fR if this file represents the encoding for a symbol font, or \fB0\fR otherwise. The last number (in base -10) is how many pages of data follow. +10) is how many pages of data follow. .PP Subsequent lines in the example above are pages that describe how to map from the encoding into 2-byte Unicode. The first line in a page identifies diff --git a/doc/Ensemble.3 b/doc/Ensemble.3 index cd69bbd..30c1d3b 100644 --- a/doc/Ensemble.3 +++ b/doc/Ensemble.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" '\" This documents the C API introduced in TIP#235 -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_Ensemble 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_CreateEnsemble, Tcl_FindEnsemble, Tcl_GetEnsembleFlags, Tcl_GetEnsembleMappingDict, Tcl_GetEnsembleNamespace, Tcl_GetEnsembleParameterList, Tcl_GetEnsembleUnknownHandler, Tcl_GetEnsembleSubcommandList, Tcl_IsEnsemble, Tcl_SetEnsembleFlags, Tcl_SetEnsembleMappingDict, Tcl_SetEnsembleParameterList, Tcl_SetEnsembleSubcommandList, Tcl_SetEnsembleUnknownHandler \- manipulate ensemble commands @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ the bound namespace. May be read and written using \fBTcl_GetEnsembleSubcommandList\fR and \fBTcl_SetEnsembleSubcommandList\fR respectively. The result of both of those functions is a Tcl result code (\fBTCL_OK\fR, or -\fBTCL_ERROR\fR if the +\fBTCL_ERROR\fR if the token does not refer to an ensemble) and the list obtained from \fBTcl_GetEnsembleSubcommandList\fR should always be treated as immutable even if it is unshared. diff --git a/doc/Environment.3 b/doc/Environment.3 index 46262ab..85880b4 100644 --- a/doc/Environment.3 +++ b/doc/Environment.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_PutEnv 3 "7.5" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_PutEnv \- procedures to manipulate the environment @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_Eval 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_EvalObjEx, Tcl_EvalFile, Tcl_EvalObjv, Tcl_Eval, Tcl_EvalEx, Tcl_GlobalEval, Tcl_GlobalEvalObj, Tcl_VarEval, Tcl_VarEvalVA \- execute Tcl scripts @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ of the words for the Tcl command, one word in each value in a completion code and result just like \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR. The caller of \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR has to manage the reference count of the elements of \fIobjv\fR, insuring that the values are valid until -\fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR returns. +\fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR returns. .PP \fBTcl_Eval\fR is similar to \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR except that the script to be executed is supplied as a string instead of a value and no compilation @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ might be a UTF-8 special code. The string is parsed and executed directly (using \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR) instead of compiling it and executing the bytecodes. In situations where it is known that the script will never be executed again, \fBTcl_Eval\fR may be faster than \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR. - \fBTcl_Eval\fR returns a completion code and result just like + \fBTcl_Eval\fR returns a completion code and result just like \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR. Note: for backward compatibility with versions before Tcl 8.0, \fBTcl_Eval\fR copies the value result in \fIinterp\fR to \fIinterp->result\fR (use is deprecated) where it can be accessed directly. @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_Exit 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_Exit, Tcl_Finalize, Tcl_CreateExitHandler, Tcl_DeleteExitHandler, Tcl_ExitThread, Tcl_FinalizeThread, Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler, Tcl_DeleteThreadExitHandler, Tcl_SetExitProc \- end the application or thread (and invoke exit handlers) @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ If extension \fBA\fR registers its exit handlers before loading extension \fBB\fR, this ensures that any exit handlers for \fBB\fR will be executed before the exit handlers for \fBA\fR. .PP -\fBTcl_Finalize\fR and \fBTcl_Exit\fR call \fBTcl_FinalizeThread\fR +\fBTcl_Finalize\fR and \fBTcl_Exit\fR call \fBTcl_FinalizeThread\fR and the thread exit handlers \fIafter\fR the process-wide exit handlers. This is because thread finalization shuts down the I/O channel system, so any attempt at I/O by the global exit diff --git a/doc/ExprLong.3 b/doc/ExprLong.3 index 4fa972e..0d369ce 100644 --- a/doc/ExprLong.3 +++ b/doc/ExprLong.3 @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_ExprLong 3 7.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_ExprLong, Tcl_ExprDouble, Tcl_ExprBoolean, Tcl_ExprString \- evaluate an expression @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ int .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in Interpreter in whose context to evaluate \fIexpr\fR. .AP "const char" *expr in -Expression to be evaluated. +Expression to be evaluated. .AP long *longPtr out Pointer to location in which to store the integer value of the expression. diff --git a/doc/ExprLongObj.3 b/doc/ExprLongObj.3 index 686c1cb..35edb5f 100644 --- a/doc/ExprLongObj.3 +++ b/doc/ExprLongObj.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_ExprLongObj 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_ExprLongObj, Tcl_ExprDoubleObj, Tcl_ExprBooleanObj, Tcl_ExprObj \- evaluate an expression diff --git a/doc/FileSystem.3 b/doc/FileSystem.3 index dd9eb77..28ee8f0 100644 --- a/doc/FileSystem.3 +++ b/doc/FileSystem.3 @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Filesystem 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_FSRegister, Tcl_FSUnregister, Tcl_FSData, Tcl_FSMountsChanged, Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath, Tcl_FSGetPathType, Tcl_FSCopyFile, Tcl_FSCopyDirectory, Tcl_FSCreateDirectory, Tcl_FSDeleteFile, Tcl_FSRemoveDirectory, Tcl_FSRenameFile, Tcl_FSListVolumes, Tcl_FSEvalFile, Tcl_FSEvalFileEx, Tcl_FSLoadFile, Tcl_FSUnloadFile, Tcl_FSMatchInDirectory, Tcl_FSLink, Tcl_FSLstat, Tcl_FSUtime, Tcl_FSFileAttrsGet, Tcl_FSFileAttrsSet, Tcl_FSFileAttrStrings, Tcl_FSStat, Tcl_FSAccess, Tcl_FSOpenFileChannel, Tcl_FSGetCwd, Tcl_FSChdir, Tcl_FSPathSeparator, Tcl_FSJoinPath, Tcl_FSSplitPath, Tcl_FSEqualPaths, Tcl_FSGetNormalizedPath, Tcl_FSJoinToPath, Tcl_FSConvertToPathType, Tcl_FSGetInternalRep, Tcl_FSGetTranslatedPath, Tcl_FSGetTranslatedStringPath, Tcl_FSNewNativePath, Tcl_FSGetNativePath, Tcl_FSFileSystemInfo, Tcl_GetAccessTimeFromStat, Tcl_GetBlockSizeFromStat, Tcl_GetBlocksFromStat, Tcl_GetChangeTimeFromStat, Tcl_GetDeviceTypeFromStat, Tcl_GetFSDeviceFromStat, Tcl_GetFSInodeFromStat, Tcl_GetGroupIdFromStat, Tcl_GetLinkCountFromStat, Tcl_GetModeFromStat, Tcl_GetModificationTimeFromStat, Tcl_GetSizeFromStat, Tcl_GetUserIdFromStat, Tcl_AllocStatBuf \- procedures to interact with any filesystem @@ -464,8 +464,8 @@ directory for all files which match a given pattern. The appropriate function for the filesystem to which \fIpathPtr\fR belongs will be called. .PP The return value is a standard Tcl result indicating whether an error -occurred in globbing. Error messages are placed in interp (unless -interp is NULL, which is allowed), but good results are placed in the +occurred in globbing. Error messages are placed in interp (unless +interp is NULL, which is allowed), but good results are placed in the resultPtr given. .PP Note that the \fBglob\fR code implements recursive patterns internally, so @@ -1256,8 +1256,8 @@ not, so code should be flexible to both possibilities. The return value is a standard Tcl result indicating whether an error occurred in the matching process. Error messages are placed in \fIinterp\fR, unless \fIinterp\fR in NULL in which case no error -message need be generated; on a \fBTCL_OK\fR result, results should be -added to the \fIresultPtr\fR value given (which can be assumed to be a +message need be generated; on a \fBTCL_OK\fR result, results should be +added to the \fIresultPtr\fR value given (which can be assumed to be a valid unshared Tcl list). The matches added to \fIresultPtr\fR should include any path prefix given in \fIpathPtr\fR (this usually means they will be absolute path specifications). @@ -1265,7 +1265,7 @@ Note that if no matches are found, that simply leads to an empty result; errors are only signaled for actual file or filesystem problems which may occur during the matching process. .PP -The \fBTcl_GlobTypeData\fR structure passed in the \fItypes\fR +The \fBTcl_GlobTypeData\fR structure passed in the \fItypes\fR parameter contains the following fields: .PP .CS diff --git a/doc/FindExec.3 b/doc/FindExec.3 index e4b4ed0..b01315c 100644 --- a/doc/FindExec.3 +++ b/doc/FindExec.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_FindExecutable 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_FindExecutable, Tcl_GetNameOfExecutable \- identify or return the name of the binary file containing the application diff --git a/doc/GetCwd.3 b/doc/GetCwd.3 index 964e237..58abcde 100755 --- a/doc/GetCwd.3 +++ b/doc/GetCwd.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_GetCwd 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_GetCwd, Tcl_Chdir \- manipulate the current working directory diff --git a/doc/GetHostName.3 b/doc/GetHostName.3 index 28f3a4f..73432d3 100644 --- a/doc/GetHostName.3 +++ b/doc/GetHostName.3 @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_GetHostName 3 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_GetHostName \- get the name of the local host @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ const char * .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTcl_GetHostName\fR is a utility procedure used by some of the -Tcl commands. It returns a pointer to a string containing the name +Tcl commands. It returns a pointer to a string containing the name for the current machine, or an empty string if the name cannot be determined. The string is statically allocated, and the caller must not modify of free it. diff --git a/doc/GetIndex.3 b/doc/GetIndex.3 index d32561a..fc6f40b 100644 --- a/doc/GetIndex.3 +++ b/doc/GetIndex.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_GetIndexFromObj 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_GetIndexFromObj, Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct \- lookup string in table of keywords diff --git a/doc/GetInt.3 b/doc/GetInt.3 index f77d337..4e9d636 100644 --- a/doc/GetInt.3 +++ b/doc/GetInt.3 @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_GetInt 3 "" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_GetInt, Tcl_GetDouble, Tcl_GetBoolean \- convert from string to integer, double, or boolean diff --git a/doc/GetOpnFl.3 b/doc/GetOpnFl.3 index 38aa976..86d1b94 100644 --- a/doc/GetOpnFl.3 +++ b/doc/GetOpnFl.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_GetOpenFile 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_GetOpenFile \- Return a FILE* for a channel registered in the given interpreter (Unix only) diff --git a/doc/GetStdChan.3 b/doc/GetStdChan.3 index e76ad66..be0e79f 100644 --- a/doc/GetStdChan.3 +++ b/doc/GetStdChan.3 @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_GetStdChannel 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -34,18 +34,18 @@ Tcl defines three special channels that are used by various I/O related commands if no other channels are specified. The standard input channel has a channel name of \fBstdin\fR and is used by \fBread\fR and \fBgets\fR. The standard output channel is named \fBstdout\fR and is used by -\fBputs\fR. The standard error channel is named \fBstderr\fR and is used for +\fBputs\fR. The standard error channel is named \fBstderr\fR and is used for reporting errors. In addition, the standard channels are inherited by any child processes created using \fBexec\fR or \fBopen\fR in the absence of any other redirections. .PP The standard channels are actually aliases for other normal channels. The current channel associated with a standard channel can be retrieved by calling -\fBTcl_GetStdChannel\fR with one of +\fBTcl_GetStdChannel\fR with one of \fBTCL_STDIN\fR, \fBTCL_STDOUT\fR, or \fBTCL_STDERR\fR as the \fItype\fR. The return value will be a valid channel, or NULL. .PP -A new channel can be set for the standard channel specified by \fItype\fR +A new channel can be set for the standard channel specified by \fItype\fR by calling \fBTcl_SetStdChannel\fR with a new channel or NULL in the \fIchannel\fR argument. If the specified channel is closed by a later call to \fBTcl_Close\fR, then the corresponding standard channel will automatically be @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ be corrected without contradicting the assumptions of some existing code that calls \fBTcl_SetStdChannel\fR. .PP If \fBTcl_GetStdChannel\fR is called before \fBTcl_SetStdChannel\fR, Tcl will -construct a new channel to wrap the appropriate platform-specific standard +construct a new channel to wrap the appropriate platform-specific standard file handle. If \fBTcl_SetStdChannel\fR is called before \fBTcl_GetStdChannel\fR, then the default channel will not be created. .PP diff --git a/doc/GetTime.3 b/doc/GetTime.3 index f4da364..6b885ee 100644 --- a/doc/GetTime.3 +++ b/doc/GetTime.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_GetTime 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_GetTime, Tcl_SetTimeProc, Tcl_QueryTimeProc \- get date and time diff --git a/doc/GetVersion.3 b/doc/GetVersion.3 index 47034d0..3672382 100755 --- a/doc/GetVersion.3 +++ b/doc/GetVersion.3 @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_GetVersion 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_GetVersion \- get the version of the library at runtime @@ -24,14 +24,14 @@ Minor version number of the Tcl library. The patch level of the Tcl library (or alpha or beta number). .AP Tcl_ReleaseType *type out The type of release, also indicates the type of patch level. Can be -one of \fBTCL_ALPHA_RELEASE\fR, \fBTCL_BETA_RELEASE\fR, or +one of \fBTCL_ALPHA_RELEASE\fR, \fBTCL_BETA_RELEASE\fR, or \fBTCL_FINAL_RELEASE\fR. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTcl_GetVersion\fR should be used to query the version number -of the Tcl library at runtime. This is useful when using a +of the Tcl library at runtime. This is useful when using a dynamically loaded Tcl library or when writing a stubs-aware extension. For instance, if you write an extension that is linked against the Tcl stubs library, it could be loaded into @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ a program linked to an older version of Tcl than you expected. Use \fBTcl_GetVersion\fR to verify that fact, and possibly to change the behavior of your extension. .PP -\fBTcl_GetVersion\fR accepts NULL for any of the arguments. For instance if +\fBTcl_GetVersion\fR accepts NULL for any of the arguments. For instance if you do not care about the \fIpatchLevel\fR of the library, pass a NULL for the \fIpatchLevel\fR argument. @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_Hash 3 "" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_InitHashTable, Tcl_InitCustomHashTable, Tcl_InitObjHashTable, Tcl_DeleteHashTable, Tcl_CreateHashEntry, Tcl_DeleteHashEntry, Tcl_FindHashEntry, Tcl_GetHashValue, Tcl_SetHashValue, Tcl_GetHashKey, Tcl_FirstHashEntry, Tcl_NextHashEntry, Tcl_HashStats \- procedures to manage hash tables @@ -131,13 +131,13 @@ The pointer value is the key; it need not (and usually does not) actually point to a string. .IP \fBTCL_CUSTOM_TYPE_KEYS\fR 25 Keys are of arbitrary type, and are stored in the entry. Hashing -and comparison is determined by \fItypePtr\fR. The Tcl_HashKeyType -structure is described in the section +and comparison is determined by \fItypePtr\fR. The Tcl_HashKeyType +structure is described in the section \fBTHE TCL_HASHKEYTYPE STRUCTURE\fR below. .IP \fBTCL_CUSTOM_PTR_KEYS\fR 25 Keys are pointers to an arbitrary type, and are stored in the entry. Hashing -and comparison is determined by \fItypePtr\fR. The Tcl_HashKeyType -structure is described in the section +and comparison is determined by \fItypePtr\fR. The Tcl_HashKeyType +structure is described in the section \fBTHE TCL_HASHKEYTYPE STRUCTURE\fR below. .IP \fIother\fR 25 If \fIkeyType\fR is not one of the above, @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_Init 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_Init \- find and source initialization script diff --git a/doc/InitStubs.3 b/doc/InitStubs.3 index 4dc62c6..73c3437 100644 --- a/doc/InitStubs.3 +++ b/doc/InitStubs.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_InitStubs 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_InitStubs \- initialize the Tcl stubs mechanism diff --git a/doc/IntObj.3 b/doc/IntObj.3 index 4b7b8a6..dc62642 100644 --- a/doc/IntObj.3 +++ b/doc/IntObj.3 @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_IntObj 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_NewIntObj, Tcl_NewLongObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj, Tcl_SetIntObj, Tcl_SetLongObj, Tcl_SetWideIntObj, Tcl_GetIntFromObj, Tcl_GetLongFromObj, Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj, Tcl_NewBignumObj, Tcl_SetBignumObj, Tcl_GetBignumFromObj, Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj \- manipulate Tcl values as integers @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ used to initialize a multi-precision integer value. .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These procedures are used to create, modify, and read Tcl values -that hold integral values. +that hold integral values. .PP The different routines exist to accommodate different integral types in C with which values might be exchanged. The C integral types for which Tcl @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ typedef defined to be whatever signed integral type covers at least the on the platform and the C compiler, the actual type might be \fBlong int\fR, \fBlong long int\fR, \fBint64\fR, or something else. The \fBmp_int\fR type is a multiple-precision integer type defined -by the LibTomMath multiple-precision integer library. +by the LibTomMath multiple-precision integer library. .PP The \fBTcl_NewIntObj\fR, \fBTcl_NewLongObj\fR, \fBTcl_NewWideIntObj\fR, and \fBTcl_NewBignumObj\fR routines each create and return a new diff --git a/doc/Interp.3 b/doc/Interp.3 index d908057..731007b 100644 --- a/doc/Interp.3 +++ b/doc/Interp.3 @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_Interp 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_Interp \- client-visible fields of interpreter structures @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ and store a pointer to it in \fIinterp->result\fR. In this case, the command procedure must also set \fIinterp->freeProc\fR to the address of a procedure that can free the value, or \fBTCL_DYNAMIC\fR if the storage was allocated directly by Tcl or by a call to -\fBTcl_Alloc\fR. +\fBTcl_Alloc\fR. If \fIinterp->freeProc\fR is non-zero, then Tcl will call \fIfreeProc\fR to free the space pointed to by \fIinterp->result\fR before it invokes the next command. diff --git a/doc/Limit.3 b/doc/Limit.3 index 2941ee8..20a2e02 100644 --- a/doc/Limit.3 +++ b/doc/Limit.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_LimitCheck 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_LimitAddHandler, Tcl_LimitCheck, Tcl_LimitExceeded, Tcl_LimitGetCommands, Tcl_LimitGetGranularity, Tcl_LimitGetTime, Tcl_LimitReady, Tcl_LimitRemoveHandler, Tcl_LimitSetCommands, Tcl_LimitSetGranularity, Tcl_LimitSetTime, Tcl_LimitTypeEnabled, Tcl_LimitTypeExceeded, Tcl_LimitTypeReset, Tcl_LimitTypeSet \- manage and check resource limits on interpreters diff --git a/doc/LinkVar.3 b/doc/LinkVar.3 index dc71a45..c64720b 100644 --- a/doc/LinkVar.3 +++ b/doc/LinkVar.3 @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_LinkVar 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_LinkVar, Tcl_UnlinkVar, Tcl_UpdateLinkedVar \- link Tcl variable to C variable diff --git a/doc/ListObj.3 b/doc/ListObj.3 index bc6917d..dc1ba53 100644 --- a/doc/ListObj.3 +++ b/doc/ListObj.3 @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_ListObj 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_ListObjAppendList, Tcl_ListObjAppendElement, Tcl_NewListObj, Tcl_SetListObj, Tcl_ListObjGetElements, Tcl_ListObjLength, Tcl_ListObjIndex, Tcl_ListObjReplace \- manipulate Tcl values as lists @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Points to location where \fBTcl_ListObjGetElements\fR stores the number of element values in \fIlistPtr\fR. .AP Tcl_Obj ***objvPtr out A location where \fBTcl_ListObjGetElements\fR stores a pointer to an array -of pointers to the element values of \fIlistPtr\fR. +of pointers to the element values of \fIlistPtr\fR. .AP int objc in The number of Tcl values that \fBTcl_NewListObj\fR will insert into a new list value, @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ the number of Tcl values to insert into \fIobjPtr\fR. An array of pointers to values. \fBTcl_NewListObj\fR will insert these values into a new list value and \fBTcl_ListObjReplace\fR will insert them into an existing \fIlistPtr\fR. -Each value will become a separate list element. +Each value will become a separate list element. .AP int *intPtr out Points to location where \fBTcl_ListObjLength\fR stores the length of the list. @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ If no error occurs, the two procedures return \fBTCL_OK\fR after appending the values. .PP \fBTcl_NewListObj\fR and \fBTcl_SetListObj\fR -create a new value or modify an existing value to hold +create a new value or modify an existing value to hold the \fIobjc\fR elements of the array referenced by \fIobjv\fR where each element is a pointer to a Tcl value. If \fIobjc\fR is less than or equal to zero, @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Load 3 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_LoadFile, Tcl_FindSymbol \- platform-independent dynamic library loading diff --git a/doc/Method.3 b/doc/Method.3 index 43b3609..225da00 100644 --- a/doc/Method.3 +++ b/doc/Method.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_Method 3 0.1 TclOO "TclOO Library Functions" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -67,7 +67,9 @@ The class to create the method in. The name of the method to create. Should not be NULL unless creating constructors or destructors. .AP int isPublic in -A boolean flag saying whether the method is to be exported. +A flag saying what the visibility of the method is. The only supported public +values of this flag are 0 for a non-exported method, and 1 for an exported +method. .AP Tcl_MethodType *methodTypePtr in A description of the type of the method to create, or the type of method to compare against. @@ -172,8 +174,9 @@ typedef struct { .PP The \fIversion\fR field allows for future expansion of the structure, and should always be declared equal to TCL_OO_METHOD_VERSION_CURRENT. The -\fIname\fR field provides a human-readable name for the type, and is reserved -for debugging. +\fIname\fR field provides a human-readable name for the type, and is the value +that is exposed via the \fBinfo class methodtype\fR and +\fBinfo object methodtype\fR Tcl commands. .PP The \fIcallProc\fR field gives a function that is called when the method is invoked; it must never be NULL. @@ -3,12 +3,12 @@ .\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH NRE 3 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME -Tcl_NRCreateCommand, Tcl_NRCallObjProc, Tcl_NREvalObj, Tcl_NREvalObjv, Tcl_NRCmdSwap, Tcl_NRAddCallback \- Non-Recursive (stackless) evaluation of Tcl scripts. +Tcl_NRCreateCommand, Tcl_NRCallObjProc, Tcl_NREvalObj, Tcl_NREvalObjv, Tcl_NRCmdSwap, Tcl_NRExprObj, Tcl_NRAddCallback \- Non-Recursive (stackless) evaluation of Tcl scripts. .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Name of a new command to create. Implementation of a command that will be called whenever \fIcmdName\fR is invoked as a command in the unoptimized way. .AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *nreProc in -Implementation of a command that will be called whenever \fIcmdName\fR +Implementation of a command that will be called whenever \fIcmdName\fR is invoked and requested to conserve the C stack. .AP ClientData clientData in Arbitrary one-word value that will be passed to \fIproc\fR, \fInreProc\fR, @@ -83,13 +83,13 @@ executing in the interpreter designated by \fIinterp\fR completes. to the function designated by \fIpostProcPtr\fR when it is invoked. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION -.PP +.PP This series of C functions provides an interface whereby commands that are implemented in C can be evaluated, and invoke Tcl commands scripts and scripts, without consuming space on the C stack. The non-recursive evaluation is done by installing a \fItrampoline\fR, a small piece of code that invokes a command or script, and then executes a series of -callbacks when the command or script returns. +callbacks when the command or script returns. .PP The \fBTcl_NRCreateCommand\fR function creates a Tcl command in the interpreter designated by \fIinterp\fR that is prepared to handle @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ The remaining arguments are as for \fBTcl_NREvalObjv\fR. \fBTcl_NREvalObj\fR, \fBTcl_NREvalObjv\fR and \fBTcl_NRCmdSwap\fR all accept a \fIflags\fR parameter, which is an OR-ed-together set of bits to control evaluation. At the present time, the only supported flag -available to callers is \fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR. +available to callers is \fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR. .\" TODO: Again, this is a lie. Do we want to explain TCL_EVAL_INVOKE .\" and TCL_EVAL_NOERR? If the \fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR flag is set, the script or command is @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ is something like: .PP .CS int -\fITheCmdObjProc\fR( +\fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR( ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ int return result; } \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR(interp, "theCommand", - \fITheCmdObjProc\fR, clientData, TheCmdDeleteProc); + \fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR, clientData, TheCmdDeleteProc); .CE .PP To enable a command like this one for trampoline-based evaluation, @@ -255,8 +255,8 @@ int int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { - return \fBTcl_NRCallObjProc\fR(interp, name, - \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR, clientData, objc, objv); + return \fBTcl_NRCallObjProc\fR(interp, \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR, + clientData, objc, objv); } .CE .PP @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ and the second is for use when there is already a trampoline in place. .PP .CS \fBTcl_NRCreateCommand\fR(interp, "theCommand", - \fITheCmdObjProc\fR, \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR, clientData, + \fITheCmdNewObjProc\fR, \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR, clientData, TheCmdDeleteProc); .CE .SH "SEE ALSO" diff --git a/doc/Namespace.3 b/doc/Namespace.3 index 2b47128..be89597 100644 --- a/doc/Namespace.3 +++ b/doc/Namespace.3 @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ '\" Note that some of these functions do not seem to belong, but they '\" were all introduced with the same TIP (#139) '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_Namespace 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_AppendExportList, Tcl_CreateNamespace, Tcl_DeleteNamespace, Tcl_Export, Tcl_FindCommand, Tcl_FindNamespace, Tcl_ForgetImport, Tcl_GetCurrentNamespace, Tcl_GetGlobalNamespace, Tcl_GetNamespaceUnknownHandler, Tcl_Import, Tcl_SetNamespaceUnknownHandler \- manipulate namespaces diff --git a/doc/Notifier.3 b/doc/Notifier.3 index f65d580..16f9f8d 100644 --- a/doc/Notifier.3 +++ b/doc/Notifier.3 @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Notifier 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_CreateEventSource, Tcl_DeleteEventSource, Tcl_SetMaxBlockTime, Tcl_QueueEvent, Tcl_ThreadQueueEvent, Tcl_ThreadAlert, Tcl_GetCurrentThread, Tcl_DeleteEvents, Tcl_InitNotifier, Tcl_FinalizeNotifier, Tcl_WaitForEvent, Tcl_AlertNotifier, Tcl_SetTimer, Tcl_ServiceAll, Tcl_ServiceEvent, Tcl_GetServiceMode, Tcl_SetServiceMode, Tcl_ServiceModeHook, Tcl_SetNotifier \- the event queue and notifier interfaces @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ servicing at a future time. Threaded applications work in a similar manner, except that there is a separate event queue for each thread containing a Tcl interpreter. \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR is used (primarily -by event sources) to add events to the event queue and +by event sources) to add events to the event queue and \fBTcl_DeleteEvents\fR is used to remove events from the queue without processing them. In a threaded application, \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR adds an event to the current thread's queue, and \fBTcl_ThreadQueueEvent\fR diff --git a/doc/OOInitStubs.3 b/doc/OOInitStubs.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bc42453 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/OOInitStubs.3 @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +'\" +'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Donal K. Fellows +'\" +'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution +'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. +'\" +.TH Tcl_OOInitStubs 3 1.0 TclOO "TclOO Library Functions" +.so man.macros +.BS +'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! +.SH NAME +Tcl_OOInitStubs \- initialize library access to TclOO functionality +.SH SYNOPSIS +.nf +\fB#include <tclOO.h>\fR +.sp +const char * +\fBTcl_OOInitStubs\fR(\fIinterp\fR) +.fi +.SH ARGUMENTS +.AS Tcl_Interp *interp in +.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in +The Tcl interpreter that the TclOO API is integrated with and whose C +interface is going to be used. +.BE +.SH DESCRIPTION +.PP +When an extension library is going to use the C interface exposed by TclOO, it +should use \fBTcl_OOInitStubs\fR to initialize its access to that interface +from within its \fI*\fB_Init\fR (or \fI*\fB_SafeInit\fR) function, passing in +the \fIinterp\fR that was passed into that routine as context. If the result +of calling \fBTcl_OOInitStubs\fR is NULL, the initialization failed and an +error message will have been left in the interpreter's result. Otherwise, the +initialization succeeded and the TclOO API may thereafter be used; the +version of the TclOO API is returned. +.PP +When using this function, either the C #define symbol \fBUSE_TCLOO_STUBS\fR +should be defined and your library code linked against the Tcl stub library, +or that #define symbol should \fInot\fR be defined and your library code +linked against the Tcl main library directly. +.SH "BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY NOTE" +.PP +If you are linking against the Tcl 8.5 forward compatibility package for +TclOO, \fIonly\fR the stub-enabled configuration is supported and you should +also link against the TclOO independent stub library; that library is an +integrated part of the main Tcl stub library in Tcl 8.6. +.SH KEYWORDS +stubs +.SH "SEE ALSO" +Tcl_InitStubs(3) +.\" Local variables: +.\" mode: nroff +.\" fill-column: 78 +.\" End: diff --git a/doc/Object.3 b/doc/Object.3 index 3d52f61..bf80fe2 100644 --- a/doc/Object.3 +++ b/doc/Object.3 @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_Obj 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_NewObj, Tcl_DuplicateObj, Tcl_IncrRefCount, Tcl_DecrRefCount, Tcl_IsShared, Tcl_InvalidateStringRep \- manipulate Tcl values @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Also, most Tcl values are only read and never modified. This is especially true for procedure arguments, which can be shared between the caller and the called procedure. Assignment and argument binding is done by -simply assigning a pointer to the value. +simply assigning a pointer to the value. Reference counting is used to determine when it is safe to reclaim a value's storage. .PP diff --git a/doc/ObjectType.3 b/doc/ObjectType.3 index ca2c7a0..bf414ac 100644 --- a/doc/ObjectType.3 +++ b/doc/ObjectType.3 @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_ObjType 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_RegisterObjType, Tcl_GetObjType, Tcl_AppendAllObjTypes, Tcl_ConvertToType \- manipulate Tcl value types @@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ in that case \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned. if possible. It creates a new internal representation for \fIobjPtr\fR appropriate for the target type \fItypePtr\fR -and sets its \fItypePtr\fR member as determined by calling the -\fItypePtr->setFromAnyProc\fR routine. +and sets its \fItypePtr\fR member as determined by calling the +\fItypePtr->setFromAnyProc\fR routine. Any internal representation for \fIobjPtr\fR's old type is freed. If an error occurs during conversion, it returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leaves an error message in the result value for \fIinterp\fR @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ typedef void \fBTcl_UpdateStringProc\fR( It must always set \fIbytes\fR non-NULL before returning. We require the string representation's byte array to have a null after the last byte, at offset \fIlength\fR, -and to have no null bytes before that; this allows string representations +and to have no null bytes before that; this allows string representations to be treated as conventional null character-terminated C strings. These restrictions are easily met by using Tcl's internal UTF encoding for the string representation, same as one would do for other diff --git a/doc/OpenFileChnl.3 b/doc/OpenFileChnl.3 index 82f51ce..582ff4b 100644 --- a/doc/OpenFileChnl.3 +++ b/doc/OpenFileChnl.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_OpenFileChannel 3 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Used for error reporting and to look up a channel registered in it. The name of a local or network file. .AP "const char" *mode in Specifies how the file is to be accessed. May have any of the values -allowed for the \fImode\fR argument to the Tcl \fBopen\fR command. +allowed for the \fImode\fR argument to the Tcl \fBopen\fR command. .AP int permissions in POSIX-style permission flags such as 0644. If a new file is created, these permissions will be set on the created file. @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ file descriptor, for Windows it is a HANDLE. OR-ed combination of \fBTCL_READABLE\fR and \fBTCL_WRITABLE\fR to indicate what operations are valid on \fIhandle\fR. .AP "const char" *channelName in -The name of the channel. +The name of the channel. .AP int *modePtr out Points at an integer variable that will receive an OR-ed combination of \fBTCL_READABLE\fR and \fBTCL_WRITABLE\fR denoting whether the channel is @@ -155,8 +155,8 @@ from a procedure such as \fBTcl_OpenFileChannel\fR. A pointer to a Tcl value in which to store the characters read from the channel. .AP int charsToRead in -The number of characters to read from the channel. If the channel's encoding -is \fBbinary\fR, this is equivalent to the number of bytes to read from the +The number of characters to read from the channel. If the channel's encoding +is \fBbinary\fR, this is equivalent to the number of bytes to read from the channel. .AP int appendFlag in If non-zero, data read from the channel will be appended to the value. @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ be large enough to hold this many bytes. .AP Tcl_Obj *lineObjPtr in/out A pointer to a Tcl value in which to store the line read from the channel. The line read will be appended to the current value of the -value. +value. .AP Tcl_DString *lineRead in/out A pointer to a Tcl dynamic string in which to store the line read from the channel. Must have been initialized by the caller. The line read will be @@ -238,8 +238,8 @@ If an error occurs while opening the channel, \fBTcl_OpenFileChannel\fR returns NULL and records a POSIX error code that can be retrieved with \fBTcl_GetErrno\fR. In addition, if \fIinterp\fR is non-NULL, \fBTcl_OpenFileChannel\fR -leaves an error message in \fIinterp\fR's result after any error. -As of Tcl 8.4, the value-based API \fBTcl_FSOpenFileChannel\fR should +leaves an error message in \fIinterp\fR's result after any error. +As of Tcl 8.4, the value-based API \fBTcl_FSOpenFileChannel\fR should be used in preference to \fBTcl_OpenFileChannel\fR wherever possible. .PP The newly created channel is not registered in the supplied interpreter; to @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ the standard channels (\fBstdout\fR, \fBstderr\fR, \fBstdin\fR), and will return Code not associated with a Tcl interpreter can call \fBTcl_DetachChannel\fR with \fIinterp\fR as NULL, to indicate to Tcl that it no longer holds a reference to that channel. If this is the last -reference to the channel, unlike \fBTcl_UnregisterChannel\fR, +reference to the channel, unlike \fBTcl_UnregisterChannel\fR, it will not be closed. .SH TCL_ISSTANDARDCHANNEL .PP @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ it will not be closed. three standard channels, \fBstdin\fR, \fBstdout\fR or \fBstderr\fR. If so, it returns 1, otherwise 0. .PP -No attempt is made to check whether the given channel or the standard +No attempt is made to check whether the given channel or the standard channels are initialized or otherwise valid. .SH TCL_CLOSE .PP @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ corresponding calls to \fBTcl_UnregisterChannel\fR. .SH "TCL_READCHARS AND TCL_READ" .PP \fBTcl_ReadChars\fR consumes bytes from \fIchannel\fR, converting the bytes -to UTF-8 based on the channel's encoding and storing the produced data in +to UTF-8 based on the channel's encoding and storing the produced data in \fIreadObjPtr\fR's string representation. The return value of \fBTcl_ReadChars\fR is the number of characters, up to \fIcharsToRead\fR, that were stored in \fIreadObjPtr\fR. If an error occurs while reading, the @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ extensions. It consumes bytes from \fIchannel\fR and stores them in of \fBTcl_Read\fR is the number of bytes, up to \fIbytesToRead\fR, written in \fIreadBuf\fR. The buffer produced by \fBTcl_Read\fR is not null-terminated. Its contents are valid from the zeroth position up to and excluding the -position indicated by the return value. +position indicated by the return value. .PP \fBTcl_ReadRaw\fR is the same as \fBTcl_Read\fR but does not compensate for stacking. While \fBTcl_Read\fR (and the other functions @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ to be null-terminated and it outputs everything up to the null. .PP Data queued for output may not appear on the output device immediately, due to internal buffering. If the data should appear immediately, call -\fBTcl_Flush\fR after the call to \fBTcl_WriteChars\fR, or set the +\fBTcl_Flush\fR after the call to \fBTcl_WriteChars\fR, or set the \fB\-buffering\fR option on the channel to \fBnone\fR. If you wish the data to appear as soon as a complete line is accepted for output, set the \fB\-buffering\fR option on the channel to \fBline\fR mode. @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ channel. This is done even if the channel has no encoding. \fBTcl_WriteObj\fR is similar to \fBTcl_WriteChars\fR except it accepts a Tcl value whose contents will be output to the channel. The UTF-8 characters in \fIwriteObjPtr\fR's string representation are converted -to the channel's encoding and queued for output to \fIchannel\fR. +to the channel's encoding and queued for output to \fIchannel\fR. As a performance optimization, when writing to a channel with the encoding \fBbinary\fR, UTF-8 characters are not converted as they are written. Instead, the bytes in \fIwriteObjPtr\fR's internal representation as a diff --git a/doc/OpenTcp.3 b/doc/OpenTcp.3 index 78ac70b..9fe2615 100644 --- a/doc/OpenTcp.3 +++ b/doc/OpenTcp.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_OpenTcpClient 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/Panic.3 b/doc/Panic.3 index 48aed2b..af86665 100644 --- a/doc/Panic.3 +++ b/doc/Panic.3 @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_Panic 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ After \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR returns, any future calls to \fIformat\fR and \fIarg\fR arguments. \fIpanicProc\fR should avoid making calls into the Tcl library, or into other libraries that may call the Tcl library, since the original call to \fBTcl_Panic\fR -indicates the Tcl library is not in a state of reliable operation. +indicates the Tcl library is not in a state of reliable operation. .PP The typical use of \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR arranges for the error message to be displayed or reported in a manner more suitable for the diff --git a/doc/ParseArgs.3 b/doc/ParseArgs.3 index 1ceafe5..df0ad33 100644 --- a/doc/ParseArgs.3 +++ b/doc/ParseArgs.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_ParseArgsObjv 3 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_ParseArgsObjv \- parse arguments according to a tabular description diff --git a/doc/ParseCmd.3 b/doc/ParseCmd.3 index 5fd9b9c..667d697 100644 --- a/doc/ParseCmd.3 +++ b/doc/ParseCmd.3 @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_ParseCommand 3 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_ParseCommand, Tcl_ParseExpr, Tcl_ParseBraces, Tcl_ParseQuotedString, Tcl_ParseVarName, Tcl_ParseVar, Tcl_FreeParse, Tcl_EvalTokens, Tcl_EvalTokensStandard \- parse Tcl scripts and expressions @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ following \fIstart\fR up to the first null character. .AP int nested in Non-zero means that the script is part of a command substitution so an unquoted close bracket should be treated as a command terminator. If zero, -close brackets have no special meaning. +close brackets have no special meaning. .AP int append in Non-zero means that \fI*parsePtr\fR already contains valid tokens; the new tokens should be appended to those already present. Zero means that @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ result, and no information is left at \fI*parsePtr\fR. enclosed in braces such as \fB{hello}\fR or \fB{string \et with \et tabs}\fR from the beginning of its argument \fIstart\fR. -The first character of \fIstart\fR must be \fB{\fR. +The first character of \fIstart\fR must be \fB{\fR. If the braced string was parsed successfully, \fBTcl_ParseBraces\fR returns \fBTCL_OK\fR, fills in the structure pointed to by \fIparsePtr\fR @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ and no information is left at \fI*parsePtr\fR or \fI*termPtr\fR. \fBTcl_ParseQuotedString\fR parses a double-quoted string such as \fB"sum is [expr {$a+$b}]"\fR from the beginning of the argument \fIstart\fR. -The first character of \fIstart\fR must be \fB\N'34'\fR. +The first character of \fIstart\fR must be \fB\N'34'\fR. If the double-quoted string was parsed successfully, \fBTcl_ParseQuotedString\fR returns \fBTCL_OK\fR, fills in the structure pointed to by \fIparsePtr\fR @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ and no information is left at \fI*parsePtr\fR or \fI*termPtr\fR. \fBTcl_ParseVarName\fR parses a Tcl variable reference such as \fB$abc\fR or \fB$x([expr {$index + 1}])\fR from the beginning of its \fIstart\fR argument. -The first character of \fIstart\fR must be \fB$\fR. +The first character of \fIstart\fR must be \fB$\fR. If a variable name was parsed successfully, \fBTcl_ParseVarName\fR returns \fBTCL_OK\fR and fills in the structure pointed to by \fIparsePtr\fR with information about the structure of the variable name @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ a Tcl_Parse structure. The tokens typically consist of all the tokens in a word or all the tokens that make up the index for a reference to an array variable. \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR performs the substitutions requested by the tokens and concatenates the -resulting values. +resulting values. The return value from \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR is a Tcl completion code with one of the values \fBTCL_OK\fR, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR, \fBTCL_RETURN\fR, \fBTCL_BREAK\fR, or \fBTCL_CONTINUE\fR, or possibly @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ character that terminates the last comment. If the command is not preceded by any comments, \fIcommentSize\fR is 0. \fBTcl_ParseCommand\fR also sets the \fIcommandStart\fR field to point to the first character of the first -word in the command (skipping any comments and leading space) and +word in the command (skipping any comments and leading space) and \fIcommandSize\fR gives the total number of bytes in the command, including the character pointed to by \fIcommandStart\fR up to and including the newline, close bracket, or semicolon character that @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ just the \fBTCL_TOKEN_OPERATOR\fR token. Each operand is described by a \fBTCL_TOKEN_SUB_EXPR\fR token. Otherwise, the subexpression is a value described by one of the token types \fBTCL_TOKEN_WORD\fR, \fBTCL_TOKEN_TEXT\fR, -\fBTCL_TOKEN_BS\fR, \fBTCL_TOKEN_COMMAND\fR, +\fBTCL_TOKEN_BS\fR, \fBTCL_TOKEN_COMMAND\fR, \fBTCL_TOKEN_VARIABLE\fR, and \fBTCL_TOKEN_SUB_EXPR\fR. The \fInumComponents\fR field counts the total number of sub-tokens that make up the subexpression; @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ is always 0. After \fBTcl_ParseCommand\fR returns, the first token pointed to by the \fItokenPtr\fR field of the Tcl_Parse structure always has type \fBTCL_TOKEN_WORD\fR or -\fBTCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD\fR or \fBTCL_TOKEN_EXPAND_WORD\fR. +\fBTCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD\fR or \fBTCL_TOKEN_EXPAND_WORD\fR. It is followed by the sub-tokens that must be concatenated to produce the value of that word. The next token is the \fBTCL_TOKEN_WORD\fR or \fBTCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD\fR diff --git a/doc/PkgRequire.3 b/doc/PkgRequire.3 index d54d7af..71f3acf 100644 --- a/doc/PkgRequire.3 +++ b/doc/PkgRequire.3 @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_PkgRequire 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_PkgRequire, Tcl_PkgRequireEx, Tcl_PkgRequireProc, Tcl_PkgPresent, Tcl_PkgPresentEx, Tcl_PkgProvide, Tcl_PkgProvideEx \- package version control @@ -75,8 +75,8 @@ procedures do. .PP If \fBTcl_PkgPresent\fR or \fBTcl_PkgRequire\fR complete successfully they return a pointer to the version string for the version of the package -that is provided in the interpreter (which may be different than -\fIversion\fR); if an error occurs they return NULL and leave an error +that is provided in the interpreter (which may be different than +\fIversion\fR); if an error occurs they return NULL and leave an error message in the interpreter's result. .PP \fBTcl_PkgProvide\fR returns \fBTCL_OK\fR if it completes successfully; diff --git a/doc/Preserve.3 b/doc/Preserve.3 index 905a31d..970bded 100644 --- a/doc/Preserve.3 +++ b/doc/Preserve.3 @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_Preserve 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_Preserve, Tcl_Release, Tcl_EventuallyFree \- avoid freeing storage while it is being used diff --git a/doc/PrintDbl.3 b/doc/PrintDbl.3 index 99b0113..730794f 100644 --- a/doc/PrintDbl.3 +++ b/doc/PrintDbl.3 @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_PrintDouble 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_PrintDouble \- Convert floating value to string diff --git a/doc/RecEvalObj.3 b/doc/RecEvalObj.3 index 44888f6..387cc44 100644 --- a/doc/RecEvalObj.3 +++ b/doc/RecEvalObj.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_RecordAndEvalObj 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_RecordAndEvalObj \- save command on history list before evaluating diff --git a/doc/RecordEval.3 b/doc/RecordEval.3 index a29f974..e1625ff 100644 --- a/doc/RecordEval.3 +++ b/doc/RecordEval.3 @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_RecordAndEval 3 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_RecordAndEval \- save command on history list before evaluating diff --git a/doc/RegConfig.3 b/doc/RegConfig.3 index 063cc85..d73e3d7 100644 --- a/doc/RegConfig.3 +++ b/doc/RegConfig.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_RegisterConfig 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/RegExp.3 b/doc/RegExp.3 index 882976c..aa757bc 100644 --- a/doc/RegExp.3 +++ b/doc/RegExp.3 @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_RegExpMatch 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_RegExpMatch, Tcl_RegExpCompile, Tcl_RegExpExec, Tcl_RegExpRange, Tcl_GetRegExpFromObj, Tcl_RegExpMatchObj, Tcl_RegExpExecObj, Tcl_RegExpGetInfo \- Pattern matching with regular expressions @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ should be stored by \fBTcl_RegExpGetInfo\fR. \fBTcl_RegExpMatch\fR determines whether its \fIpattern\fR argument matches \fIregexp\fR, where \fIregexp\fR is interpreted as a regular expression using the rules in the \fBre_syntax\fR -reference page. +reference page. If there is a match then \fBTcl_RegExpMatch\fR returns 1. If there is no match then \fBTcl_RegExpMatch\fR returns 0. If an error occurs in the matching process (e.g. \fIpattern\fR @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ is not a valid regular expression) then \fBTcl_RegExpMatch\fR returns \-1 and leaves an error message in the interpreter result. \fBTcl_RegExpMatchObj\fR is similar to \fBTcl_RegExpMatch\fR except it operates on the Tcl values \fItextObj\fR and \fIpatObj\fR instead of -UTF strings. +UTF strings. \fBTcl_RegExpMatchObj\fR is generally more efficient than \fBTcl_RegExpMatch\fR, so it is the preferred interface. .PP @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ Compile extended regular expressions .PQ ERE s . This mode corresponds to the regular expression syntax recognized by Tcl 8.0 and earlier -versions. +versions. .TP \fBTCL_REG_BASIC\fR Compile basic regular expressions @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ character in the string where a match could occur. If a match was found, this will be the same as the beginning of the current match. If no match was found, then it indicates the earliest point at which a match might occur if additional text is appended to the string. If it -is no match is possible even with further text, this field will be set +is no match is possible even with further text, this field will be set to \-1. .SH "SEE ALSO" re_syntax(n) diff --git a/doc/SaveResult.3 b/doc/SaveResult.3 index 8eaf38f..b2270a2 100644 --- a/doc/SaveResult.3 +++ b/doc/SaveResult.3 @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_SaveResult 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_SaveInterpState, Tcl_RestoreInterpState, Tcl_DiscardInterpState, Tcl_SaveResult, Tcl_RestoreResult, Tcl_DiscardResult \- save and restore an interpreter's state @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ a superset of the functions provided by the other routines, any new code should only make use of the more powerful routines. The older, weaker routines \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR, \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR, and \fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR continue to exist only for the sake -of existing programs that may already be using them. +of existing programs that may already be using them. .PP \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR takes a snapshot of those portions of interpreter state that make up the full result of script evaluation. @@ -115,6 +115,6 @@ uninitialized state and cannot be used until another call to Once \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR is called to save the interpreter result, either \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR or \fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR must be called to properly clean up the -memory associated with the saved state. +memory associated with the saved state. .SH KEYWORDS result, state, interp diff --git a/doc/SetChanErr.3 b/doc/SetChanErr.3 index 3d37f59..5bb86be 100644 --- a/doc/SetChanErr.3 +++ b/doc/SetChanErr.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_SetChannelError 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/SetErrno.3 b/doc/SetErrno.3 index 1735952..21648b1 100644 --- a/doc/SetErrno.3 +++ b/doc/SetErrno.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_SetErrno 3 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_SetErrno, Tcl_GetErrno, Tcl_ErrnoId, Tcl_ErrnoMsg \- manipulate errno to store and retrieve error codes diff --git a/doc/SetRecLmt.3 b/doc/SetRecLmt.3 index e38ba2f..904d4ab 100644 --- a/doc/SetRecLmt.3 +++ b/doc/SetRecLmt.3 @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_SetRecursionLimit 3 7.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_SetRecursionLimit \- set maximum allowable nesting depth in interpreter diff --git a/doc/SetResult.3 b/doc/SetResult.3 index bbeedf1..dc8f487 100644 --- a/doc/SetResult.3 +++ b/doc/SetResult.3 @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_SetResult 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_SetObjResult, Tcl_GetObjResult, Tcl_SetResult, Tcl_GetStringResult, Tcl_AppendResult, Tcl_AppendResultVA, Tcl_AppendElement, Tcl_ResetResult, Tcl_TransferResult, Tcl_FreeResult \- manipulate Tcl result @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ As a migration aid, access can be restored with the compiler directive but this is meant only to offer life support to otherwise dead code. .SH "THE TCL_FREEPROC ARGUMENT TO TCL_SETRESULT" .PP -\fBTcl_SetResult\fR's \fIfreeProc\fR argument specifies how +\fBTcl_SetResult\fR's \fIfreeProc\fR argument specifies how the Tcl system is to manage the storage for the \fIresult\fR argument. If \fBTcl_SetResult\fR or \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR are called at a time when \fIinterp\fR holds a string result, diff --git a/doc/SetVar.3 b/doc/SetVar.3 index 0605ff2..4aa671a 100644 --- a/doc/SetVar.3 +++ b/doc/SetVar.3 @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_SetVar 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_SetVar2Ex, Tcl_SetVar, Tcl_SetVar2, Tcl_ObjSetVar2, Tcl_GetVar2Ex, Tcl_GetVar, Tcl_GetVar2, Tcl_ObjGetVar2, Tcl_UnsetVar, Tcl_UnsetVar2 \- manipulate Tcl variables @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ These procedures are used to create, modify, read, and delete Tcl variables from C code. .PP \fBTcl_SetVar2Ex\fR, \fBTcl_SetVar\fR, \fBTcl_SetVar2\fR, and -\fBTcl_ObjSetVar2\fR +\fBTcl_ObjSetVar2\fR will create a new variable or modify an existing one. These procedures set the given variable to the value given by \fInewValuePtr\fR or \fInewValue\fR and return a diff --git a/doc/Signal.3 b/doc/Signal.3 index 5b12654..70b9d91 100644 --- a/doc/Signal.3 +++ b/doc/Signal.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_SignalId 3 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_SignalId, Tcl_SignalMsg \- Convert signal codes diff --git a/doc/Sleep.3 b/doc/Sleep.3 index 2423ba1..2d36697 100644 --- a/doc/Sleep.3 +++ b/doc/Sleep.3 @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_Sleep 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_Sleep \- delay execution for a given number of milliseconds diff --git a/doc/SourceRCFile.3 b/doc/SourceRCFile.3 index eabc47c..0afb66b 100644 --- a/doc/SourceRCFile.3 +++ b/doc/SourceRCFile.3 @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_SourceRCFile 3 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_SourceRCFile \- source the Tcl rc file diff --git a/doc/SplitList.3 b/doc/SplitList.3 index 219dfc7..3439f2e 100644 --- a/doc/SplitList.3 +++ b/doc/SplitList.3 @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_SplitList 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_SplitList, Tcl_Merge, Tcl_ScanElement, Tcl_ConvertElement, Tcl_ScanCountedElement, Tcl_ConvertCountedElement \- manipulate Tcl lists diff --git a/doc/SplitPath.3 b/doc/SplitPath.3 index 3fd92ac..19cee05 100644 --- a/doc/SplitPath.3 +++ b/doc/SplitPath.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_SplitPath 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_SplitPath, Tcl_JoinPath, Tcl_GetPathType \- manipulate platform-dependent file paths diff --git a/doc/StaticPkg.3 b/doc/StaticPkg.3 index fa6c32f..5700ea7 100644 --- a/doc/StaticPkg.3 +++ b/doc/StaticPkg.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_StaticPackage 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_StaticPackage \- make a statically linked package available via the 'load' command diff --git a/doc/StdChannels.3 b/doc/StdChannels.3 index b5b020e..651ad7d 100644 --- a/doc/StdChannels.3 +++ b/doc/StdChannels.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH "Standard Channels" 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/StrMatch.3 b/doc/StrMatch.3 index 5adaf6e..f9c2be3 100644 --- a/doc/StrMatch.3 +++ b/doc/StrMatch.3 @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_StringMatch 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_StringMatch, Tcl_StringCaseMatch \- test whether a string matches a pattern diff --git a/doc/StringObj.3 b/doc/StringObj.3 index e6f9d32..7042cc8 100644 --- a/doc/StringObj.3 +++ b/doc/StringObj.3 @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_StringObj 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_NewStringObj, Tcl_NewUnicodeObj, Tcl_SetStringObj, Tcl_SetUnicodeObj, Tcl_GetStringFromObj, Tcl_GetString, Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj, Tcl_GetUnicode, Tcl_GetUniChar, Tcl_GetCharLength, Tcl_GetRange, Tcl_AppendToObj, Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj, Tcl_AppendObjToObj, Tcl_AppendStringsToObj, Tcl_AppendStringsToObjVA, Tcl_AppendLimitedToObj, Tcl_Format, Tcl_AppendFormatToObj, Tcl_ObjPrintf, Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj, Tcl_SetObjLength, Tcl_AttemptSetObjLength, Tcl_ConcatObj \- manipulate Tcl values as strings @@ -293,6 +293,7 @@ of \fBTcl_Format\fR with functionality equivalent to: Tcl_Obj *newPtr = \fBTcl_Format\fR(interp, format, objc, objv); if (newPtr == NULL) return TCL_ERROR; \fBTcl_AppendObjToObj\fR(objPtr, newPtr); +\fBTcl_DecrRefCount\fR(newPtr); return TCL_OK; .CE .PP @@ -307,7 +308,7 @@ sprintf(buf, format, ...); \fBTcl_NewStringObj\fR(buf, -1); .CE .PP -but with greater convenience and no need to +but with greater convenience and no need to determine \fBSOME_SUITABLE_LENGTH\fR. The formatting is done with the same core formatting engine used by \fBTcl_Format\fR. This means the set of supported conversion specifiers is that of the \fBformat\fR command and @@ -328,8 +329,8 @@ Tcl_Obj *objPtr = \fBTcl_ObjPrintf\fR("Value is %d", x); .PP If the value of \fIformat\fR contains internal inconsistencies or invalid specifier formats, the formatted string result produced by -\fBTcl_ObjPrintf\fR will be an error message describing the error. -It is impossible however to provide runtime protection against +\fBTcl_ObjPrintf\fR will be an error message describing the error. +It is impossible however to provide runtime protection against mismatches between the format and any subsequent arguments. Compile-time protection may be provided by some compilers. .PP @@ -337,7 +338,9 @@ Compile-time protection may be provided by some compilers. of \fBTcl_ObjPrintf\fR with functionality equivalent to .PP .CS -\fBTcl_AppendObjToObj\fR(objPtr, \fBTcl_ObjPrintf\fR(format, ...)); +Tcl_Obj *newPtr = \fBTcl_ObjPrintf\fR(format, ...); +\fBTcl_AppendObjToObj\fR(objPtr, newPtr); +\fBTcl_DecrRefCount\fR(newPtr); .CE .PP but with greater convenience and efficiency when the appending diff --git a/doc/SubstObj.3 b/doc/SubstObj.3 index d5a52c3..f582c5a 100644 --- a/doc/SubstObj.3 +++ b/doc/SubstObj.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl_SubstObj 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_SubstObj \- perform substitutions on Tcl values diff --git a/doc/TCL_MEM_DEBUG.3 b/doc/TCL_MEM_DEBUG.3 index 5a3e08a..e3a6809 100644 --- a/doc/TCL_MEM_DEBUG.3 +++ b/doc/TCL_MEM_DEBUG.3 @@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. '\" -.so man.macros .TH TCL_MEM_DEBUG 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME TCL_MEM_DEBUG \- Compile-time flag to enable Tcl memory debugging @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH Tcl n "8.6" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl \- Tool Command Language @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ First, the Tcl interpreter breaks the command into \fIwords\fR and performs substitutions as described below. These substitutions are performed in the same way for all commands. -The first word is used to locate a command procedure to +Secondly, the first word is used to locate a command procedure to carry out the command, then all of the words of the command are passed to the command procedure. The command procedure is free to interpret each of its words @@ -108,8 +108,8 @@ Variable substitution may take any of the following forms: \fIName\fR is the name of a scalar variable; the name is a sequence of one or more characters that are a letter, digit, underscore, or namespace separators (two or more colons). -Letters and digits are \fIonly\fR the standard ASCII ones (\fB0\fR\-\fB9\fR, -\fBA\fR\-\fBZ\fR and \fBa\fR\-\fBz\fR). +Letters and digits are \fIonly\fR the standard ASCII ones (\fB0\fR\(en\fB9\fR, +\fBA\fR\(en\fBZ\fR and \fBa\fR\(en\fBz\fR). .TP 15 \fB$\fIname\fB(\fIindex\fB)\fR . @@ -117,8 +117,8 @@ Letters and digits are \fIonly\fR the standard ASCII ones (\fB0\fR\-\fB9\fR, the name of an element within that array. \fIName\fR must contain only letters, digits, underscores, and namespace separators, and may be an empty string. -Letters and digits are \fIonly\fR the standard ASCII ones (\fB0\fR\-\fB9\fR, -\fBA\fR\-\fBZ\fR and \fBa\fR\-\fBz\fR). +Letters and digits are \fIonly\fR the standard ASCII ones (\fB0\fR\(en\fB9\fR, +\fBA\fR\(en\fBZ\fR and \fBa\fR\(en\fBz\fR). Command substitutions, variable substitutions, and backslash substitutions are performed on the characters of \fIindex\fR. .TP 15 @@ -158,25 +158,25 @@ handled specially, along with the value that replaces each sequence. .RS .TP 7 \e\fBa\fR -Audible alert (bell) (0x7). +Audible alert (bell) (Unicode U+000007). .TP 7 \e\fBb\fR -Backspace (0x8). +Backspace (Unicode U+000008). .TP 7 \e\fBf\fR -Form feed (0xc). +Form feed (Unicode U+00000C). .TP 7 \e\fBn\fR -Newline (0xa). +Newline (Unicode U+00000A). .TP 7 \e\fBr\fR -Carriage-return (0xd). +Carriage-return (Unicode U+00000D). .TP 7 \e\fBt\fR -Tab (0x9). +Tab (Unicode U+000009). .TP 7 \e\fBv\fR -Vertical tab (0xb). +Vertical tab (Unicode U+00000B). .TP 7 \e\fB<newline>\fIwhiteSpace\fR . @@ -191,35 +191,40 @@ in braces or quotes. Backslash .PQ \e "" . .TP 7 -\e\fIooo\fR +\e\fIooo\fR . -The digits \fIooo\fR (one, two, or three of them) give a eight-bit octal -value for the Unicode character that will be inserted, in the range \fI000\fR -- \fI377\fR. The parser will stop just before this range overflows, or when +The digits \fIooo\fR (one, two, or three of them) give a eight-bit octal +value for the Unicode character that will be inserted, in the range +\fI000\fR\(en\fI377\fR (i.e., the range U+000000\(enU+0000FF). +The parser will stop just before this range overflows, or when the maximum of three digits is reached. The upper bits of the Unicode character will be 0. .TP 7 -\e\fBx\fIhh\fR +\e\fBx\fIhh\fR . The hexadecimal digits \fIhh\fR (one or two of them) give an eight-bit hexadecimal value for the Unicode character that will be inserted. The upper -bits of the Unicode character will be 0. +bits of the Unicode character will be 0 (i.e., the character will be in the +range U+000000\(enU+0000FF). .TP 7 -\e\fBu\fIhhhh\fR +\e\fBu\fIhhhh\fR . The hexadecimal digits \fIhhhh\fR (one, two, three, or four of them) give a sixteen-bit hexadecimal value for the Unicode character that will be -inserted. The upper bits of the Unicode character will be 0. +inserted. The upper bits of the Unicode character will be 0 (i.e., the +character will be in the range U+000000\(enU+00FFFF). .TP 7 -\e\fBU\fIhhhhhhhh\fR +\e\fBU\fIhhhhhhhh\fR . The hexadecimal digits \fIhhhhhhhh\fR (one up to eight of them) give a twenty-one-bit hexadecimal value for the Unicode character that will be -inserted, in the range U+0000..U+10FFFF. The parser will stop just +inserted, in the range U+000000\(enU+10FFFF. The parser will stop just before this range overflows, or when the maximum of eight digits is reached. The upper bits of the Unicode character will be 0. +.RS .PP -The range U+010000..U+10FFFD is reserved for the future. +The range U+010000\(enU+10FFFD is reserved for the future. +.RE .PP Backslash substitution is not performed on words enclosed in braces, except for backslash-newline as described above. diff --git a/doc/TclZlib.3 b/doc/TclZlib.3 index 854a525..c6a6417 100644 --- a/doc/TclZlib.3 +++ b/doc/TclZlib.3 @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH TclZlib 3 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/Tcl_Main.3 b/doc/Tcl_Main.3 index 0a69835..3ec33d1 100644 --- a/doc/Tcl_Main.3 +++ b/doc/Tcl_Main.3 @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_Main 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_Main, Tcl_SetStartupScript, Tcl_GetStartupScript, Tcl_SetMainLoop \- main program, startup script, and event loop definition for Tcl-based applications @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ is a program like tclsh or wish that supports both interactive interpretation of Tcl and evaluation of a script contained in a file given as a command line argument. \fBTcl_Main\fR is offered as a convenience -to developers of shell applications, so they do not have to +to developers of shell applications, so they do not have to reproduce all of the code for proper initialization of the Tcl library and interactive shell operation. Other styles of embedding Tcl in an application are not supported by \fBTcl_Main\fR. Those @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ will not evaluate any startup script. and encoding set by the most recent \fBTcl_SetStartupScript\fR call in the same thread. The stored file name is returned, and the stored encoding name is written to space pointed to -by \fIencodingPtr\fR, when that is not NULL. +by \fIencodingPtr\fR, when that is not NULL. .PP The file name and encoding values managed by the routines \fBTcl_SetStartupScript\fR and \fBTcl_GetStartupScript\fR @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ commands, \fBTcl_Main\fR calls the procedure given by the .QW hook for the application to perform its own initialization of the interpreter created by \fBTcl_Main\fR, such as defining application-specific -commands. The application initialization routine might also +commands. The application initialization routine might also call \fBTcl_SetStartupScript\fR to (re-)set the file and encoding to be used as a startup script. The procedure must have an interface that matches the type \fBTcl_AppInitProc\fR: diff --git a/doc/Thread.3 b/doc/Thread.3 index ca135ee..5966a71 100644 --- a/doc/Thread.3 +++ b/doc/Thread.3 @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Threads 3 "8.1" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_ConditionNotify, Tcl_ConditionWait, Tcl_ConditionFinalize, Tcl_GetThreadData, Tcl_MutexLock, Tcl_MutexUnlock, Tcl_MutexFinalize, Tcl_CreateThread, Tcl_JoinThread \- Tcl thread support @@ -79,9 +79,10 @@ waited upon into it. .SH INTRODUCTION Beginning with the 8.1 release, the Tcl core is thread safe, which allows you to incorporate Tcl into multithreaded applications without -customizing the Tcl core. To enable Tcl multithreading support, -you must include the \fB\-\|\-enable-threads\fR option to \fBconfigure\fR -when you configure and compile your Tcl core. +customizing the Tcl core. Starting with the 8.6 release, Tcl +multithreading support is on by default. To disable Tcl multithreading +support, you must include the \fB\-\|\-disable-threads\fR option to +\fBconfigure\fR when you configure and compile your Tcl core. .PP An important constraint of the Tcl threads implementation is that \fIonly the thread that created a Tcl interpreter can use that @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ will cause a memory leak. .PP The \fBTcl_GetThreadData\fR call returns a pointer to a block of thread-private data. Its argument is a key that is shared by all threads -and a size for the block of storage. The storage is automatically +and a size for the block of storage. The storage is automatically allocated and initialized to all zeros the first time each thread asks for it. The storage is automatically deallocated by \fBTcl_FinalizeThread\fR. .SS "SYNCHRONIZATION AND COMMUNICATION" diff --git a/doc/ToUpper.3 b/doc/ToUpper.3 index d6b3006..b933e9c 100644 --- a/doc/ToUpper.3 +++ b/doc/ToUpper.3 @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_UtfToUpper 3 "8.1" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_UniCharToUpper, Tcl_UniCharToLower, Tcl_UniCharToTitle, Tcl_UtfToUpper, Tcl_UtfToLower, Tcl_UtfToTitle \- routines for manipulating the case of Unicode characters and UTF-8 strings diff --git a/doc/TraceCmd.3 b/doc/TraceCmd.3 index 5cc1337..99914a6 100644 --- a/doc/TraceCmd.3 +++ b/doc/TraceCmd.3 @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_TraceCommand 3 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_CommandTraceInfo, Tcl_TraceCommand, Tcl_UntraceCommand \- monitor renames and deletes of a command @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ created. \fIClientData\fR typically points to an application-specific data structure that describes what to do when \fIproc\fR is invoked. \fIOldName\fR gives the name of the command being renamed, and \fInewName\fR gives the name that the command is being renamed to (or -an empty string or NULL when the command is being deleted.) +NULL when the command is being deleted.) \fIFlags\fR is an OR'ed combination of bits potentially providing several pieces of information. One of the bits \fBTCL_TRACE_RENAME\fR and \fBTCL_TRACE_DELETE\fR will be set in \fIflags\fR to indicate which @@ -86,11 +86,14 @@ operation is being performed on the command. The bit \fBTCL_TRACE_DESTROYED\fR will be set in \fIflags\fR if the trace is about to be destroyed; this information may be useful to \fIproc\fR so that it can clean up its own internal data structures (see the section -\fBTCL_TRACE_DESTROYED\fR below for more details). Lastly, the bit -\fBTCL_INTERP_DESTROYED\fR will be set if the entire interpreter is being -destroyed. When this bit is set, \fIproc\fR must be especially -careful in the things it does (see the section \fBTCL_INTERP_DESTROYED\fR -below). +\fBTCL_TRACE_DESTROYED\fR below for more details). Because the +deletion of commands can take place as part of the deletion of the interp +that contains them, \fIproc\fR must be careful about checking what +the passed in \fIinterp\fR value can be called upon to do. +The routine \fBTcl_InterpDeleted\fR is an important tool for this. +When \fBTcl_InterpDeleted\fR returns 1, \fIproc\fR will not be able +to invoke any scripts in \fIinterp\fR. The function of \fIproc\fR +in that circumstance is limited to the cleanup of its own data structures. .PP \fBTcl_UntraceCommand\fR may be used to remove a trace. If the command specified by \fIinterp\fR, \fIcmdName\fR, and \fIflags\fR has @@ -123,7 +126,8 @@ traces for a given command that have the same \fIproc\fR. .PP During rename traces, the command being renamed is visible with both names simultaneously, and the command still exists during delete -traces (if \fBTCL_INTERP_DESTROYED\fR is not set). However, there is no +traces, unless the interp that contains it is being deleted. +However, there is no mechanism for signaling that an error occurred in a trace procedure, so great care should be taken that errors do not get silently lost. .SH "MULTIPLE TRACES" @@ -142,22 +146,5 @@ rename the command, the last renaming takes precedence. In a delete callback to \fIproc\fR, the \fBTCL_TRACE_DESTROYED\fR bit is set in \fIflags\fR. .\" Perhaps need some more comments here? - DKF -.SH "TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED" -.PP -When an interpreter is destroyed, unset traces are called for -all of its commands. -The \fBTCL_INTERP_DESTROYED\fR bit will be set in the \fIflags\fR -argument passed to the trace procedures. -Trace procedures must be extremely careful in what they do if -the \fBTCL_INTERP_DESTROYED\fR bit is set. -It is not safe for the procedures to invoke any Tcl procedures -on the interpreter, since its state is partially deleted. -All that trace procedures should do under these circumstances is -to clean up and free their own internal data structures. -.SH BUGS -.PP -Tcl does not do any error checking to prevent trace procedures -from misusing the interpreter during traces with \fBTCL_INTERP_DESTROYED\fR -set. .SH KEYWORDS clientData, trace, command diff --git a/doc/TraceVar.3 b/doc/TraceVar.3 index 6201a4f..19cb467 100644 --- a/doc/TraceVar.3 +++ b/doc/TraceVar.3 @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_TraceVar 3 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_TraceVar, Tcl_TraceVar2, Tcl_UntraceVar, Tcl_UntraceVar2, Tcl_VarTraceInfo, Tcl_VarTraceInfo2 \- monitor accesses to a variable @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ The procedures \fBTcl_TraceVar2\fR, \fBTcl_UntraceVar2\fR, and except that the name of the variable consists of two parts. \fIName1\fR gives the name of a scalar variable or array, and \fIname2\fR gives the name of an element within an array. -When \fIname2\fR is NULL, +When \fIname2\fR is NULL, \fIname1\fR may contain both an array and an element name: if the name contains an open parenthesis and ends with a close parenthesis, then the value between the parentheses is @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ If \fIname2\fR is NULL and \fIname1\fR does not refer to an array element it means that either the variable is a scalar or the trace is to be set on the entire array rather than an individual element (see WHOLE-ARRAY TRACES below for -more information). +more information). .SH "ACCESSING VARIABLES DURING TRACES" .PP During read, write, and array traces, the diff --git a/doc/Translate.3 b/doc/Translate.3 index 55233c3..38831d3 100644 --- a/doc/Translate.3 +++ b/doc/Translate.3 @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_TranslateFileName 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_TranslateFileName \- convert file name to native form and replace tilde with home directory @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ anything stored here. This utility procedure translates a file name to a platform-specific form which, after being converted to the appropriate encoding, is suitable for passing to the local operating system. In particular, it converts -network names into native form and does tilde substitution. +network names into native form and does tilde substitution. .PP However, with the advent of the newer \fBTcl_FSGetNormalizedPath\fR and \fBTcl_FSGetNativePath\fR, there is no longer any need to use this diff --git a/doc/UniCharIsAlpha.3 b/doc/UniCharIsAlpha.3 index 6029b2d..2336c34 100644 --- a/doc/UniCharIsAlpha.3 +++ b/doc/UniCharIsAlpha.3 @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_UniCharIsAlpha 3 "8.1" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_UniCharIsAlnum, Tcl_UniCharIsAlpha, Tcl_UniCharIsControl, Tcl_UniCharIsDigit, Tcl_UniCharIsGraph, Tcl_UniCharIsLower, Tcl_UniCharIsPrint, Tcl_UniCharIsPunct, Tcl_UniCharIsSpace, Tcl_UniCharIsUpper, Tcl_UniCharIsWordChar \- routines for classification of Tcl_UniChar characters diff --git a/doc/UpVar.3 b/doc/UpVar.3 index f1e6fe4..9e17ed5 100644 --- a/doc/UpVar.3 +++ b/doc/UpVar.3 @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_UpVar 3 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_UpVar, Tcl_UpVar2 \- link one variable to another @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ an upvar-ed variable. One of \fBTCL_GLOBAL_ONLY\fR, \fBTCL_NAMESPACE_ONLY\fR or 0; if non-zero, then \fIdestName\fR is a global or namespace variable; otherwise it is local to the current procedure (or current namespace if no procedure is -active). +active). .AP "const char" *name1 in First part of source variable's name (scalar name, or name of array without array index). @@ -3,12 +3,12 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Utf 3 "8.1" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME -Tcl_UniChar, Tcl_UniCharCaseMatch, Tcl_UniCharNcasecmp, Tcl_UniCharToUtf, Tcl_UtfToUniChar, Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString, Tcl_UtfToUniCharDString, Tcl_UniCharLen, Tcl_UniCharNcmp, Tcl_UtfCharComplete, Tcl_NumUtfChars, Tcl_UtfFindFirst, Tcl_UtfFindLast, Tcl_UtfNext, Tcl_UtfPrev, Tcl_UniCharAtIndex, Tcl_UtfAtIndex, Tcl_UtfBackslash \- routines for manipulating UTF-8 strings +Tcl_UniChar, Tcl_UniCharToUtf, Tcl_UtfToUniChar, Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString, Tcl_UtfToUniCharDString, Tcl_UniCharLen, Tcl_UniCharNcmp, Tcl_UniCharNcasecmp, Tcl_UniCharCaseMatch, Tcl_UtfNcmp, Tcl_UtfNcasecmp, Tcl_UtfCharComplete, Tcl_NumUtfChars, Tcl_UtfFindFirst, Tcl_UtfFindLast, Tcl_UtfNext, Tcl_UtfPrev, Tcl_UniCharAtIndex, Tcl_UtfAtIndex, Tcl_UtfBackslash \- routines for manipulating UTF-8 strings .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ int int \fBTcl_UtfCharComplete\fR(\fIsrc, length\fR) .sp -int +int \fBTcl_NumUtfChars\fR(\fIsrc, length\fR) .sp const char * @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Pointer to the beginning of a UTF-8 string. .AP int index in The index of a character (not byte) in the UTF-8 string. .AP int *readPtr out -If non-NULL, filled with the number of bytes in the backslash sequence, +If non-NULL, filled with the number of bytes in the backslash sequence, including the backslash character. .AP char *dst out Buffer in which the bytes represented by the backslash sequence are stored. @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ end and dereference non-existent or random memory; if the source buffer is known to be null-terminated, this will not happen. If the input is not in proper UTF-8 format, \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR will store the first byte of \fIsrc\fR in \fI*chPtr\fR as a Tcl_UniChar between 0x0000 and -0x00ff and return 1. +0x00ff and return 1. .PP \fBTcl_UniCharToUtfDString\fR converts the given Unicode string to UTF-8, storing the result in a previously initialized \fBTcl_DString\fR. @@ -210,12 +210,12 @@ length is negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used. \fBTcl_UtfFindFirst\fR corresponds to \fBstrchr\fR for UTF-8 strings. It returns a pointer to the first occurrence of the Tcl_UniChar \fIch\fR in the null-terminated UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR. The null terminator is -considered part of the UTF-8 string. +considered part of the UTF-8 string. .PP \fBTcl_UtfFindLast\fR corresponds to \fBstrrchr\fR for UTF-8 strings. It returns a pointer to the last occurrence of the Tcl_UniChar \fIch\fR in the null-terminated UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR. The null terminator is -considered part of the UTF-8 string. +considered part of the UTF-8 string. .PP Given \fIsrc\fR, a pointer to some location in a UTF-8 string, \fBTcl_UtfNext\fR returns a pointer to the next UTF-8 character in the @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ characters. Behavior is undefined if a negative \fIindex\fR is given. .PP \fBTcl_UtfAtIndex\fR returns a pointer to the specified character (not byte) \fIindex\fR in the UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR. The source string must -contain at least \fIindex\fR characters. This is equivalent to calling +contain at least \fIindex\fR characters. This is equivalent to calling \fBTcl_UtfNext\fR \fIindex\fR times. If a negative \fIindex\fR is given, the return pointer points to the first character in the source string. .PP diff --git a/doc/WrongNumArgs.3 b/doc/WrongNumArgs.3 index 15d5caf..93e2ebb 100644 --- a/doc/WrongNumArgs.3 +++ b/doc/WrongNumArgs.3 @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH Tcl_WrongNumArgs 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tcl_WrongNumArgs \- generate standard error message for wrong number of arguments @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ wrong # args: should be "foo bar fileName count" .PP \fIObjc\fR is usually 1, but may be 2 or more for commands like \fBstring\fR and the Tk widget commands, which use the first argument -as a subcommand. +as a subcommand. .PP Some of the values in the \fIobjv\fR array may be abbreviations for a subcommand. The command diff --git a/doc/after.n b/doc/after.n index d6181c6..3d0d2c4 100644 --- a/doc/after.n +++ b/doc/after.n @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH after n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ The delayed command is formed by concatenating all the \fIscript\fR arguments in the same fashion as the \fBconcat\fR command. The command will be executed at global level (outside the context of any Tcl procedure). -If an error occurs while executing the delayed command then +If an error occurs while executing the delayed command then the background error will be reported by the command registered with \fBinterp bgerror\fR. The \fBafter\fR command returns an identifier that can be used diff --git a/doc/append.n b/doc/append.n index 034068d..e3bf224 100644 --- a/doc/append.n +++ b/doc/append.n @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH append n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/apply.n b/doc/apply.n index 9d373e1..aeb2227 100644 --- a/doc/apply.n +++ b/doc/apply.n @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 2006 Miguel Sofer '\" Copyright (c) 2006 Donal K. Fellows '\" -.so man.macros .TH apply n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -14,11 +14,11 @@ apply \- Apply an anonymous function .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The command \fBapply\fR applies the function \fIfunc\fR to the arguments -\fIarg1 arg2 ...\fR and returns the result. +\fIarg1 arg2 ...\fR and returns the result. .PP The function \fIfunc\fR is a two element list \fI{args body}\fR or a three element list \fI{args body namespace}\fR (as if the -\fBlist\fR command had been used). +\fBlist\fR command had been used). The first element \fIargs\fR specifies the formal arguments to \fIfunc\fR. The specification of the formal arguments \fIargs\fR is shared with the \fBproc\fR command, and is described in detail in the @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ set vbl abc .SH "SEE ALSO" proc(n), uplevel(n) .SH KEYWORDS -anonymous function, argument, lambda, procedure, +anonymous function, argument, lambda, procedure, '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: diff --git a/doc/array.n b/doc/array.n index 47f9624..25ad0c6 100644 --- a/doc/array.n +++ b/doc/array.n @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH array n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/bgerror.n b/doc/bgerror.n index 16a23a3..3644b3d 100644 --- a/doc/bgerror.n +++ b/doc/bgerror.n @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH bgerror n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/binary.n b/doc/binary.n index a40afe6..5f25d65 100644 --- a/doc/binary.n +++ b/doc/binary.n @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH binary n 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -36,6 +36,13 @@ The \fBbinary encode\fR and \fBbinary decode\fR subcommands convert binary data to or from string encodings such as base64 (used in MIME messages for example). .VE 8.6 +.PP +Note that other operations on binary data, such as taking a subsequence of it, +getting its length, or reinterpreting it as a string in some encoding, are +done by other Tcl commands (respectively \fBstring range\fR, +\fBstring length\fR and \fBencoding convertfrom\fR in the example cases). A +binary string in Tcl is merely one where all the characters it contains are in +the range \eu0000\-\eu00FF. .SH "BINARY ENCODE AND DECODE" .VS 8.6 .PP @@ -95,13 +102,14 @@ between Unix systems and on USENET, but is less common these days, having been largely superseded by the \fBbase64\fR binary encoding. .RS .PP -During encoding, the following options are supported: -'\" This is wrong! The uuencode format had more complexity than this! +During encoding, the following options are supported (though changing them may +produce files that other implementations of decoders cannot process): .TP \fB\-maxlen \fIlength\fR . Indicates that the output should be split into lines of no more than -\fIlength\fR characters. By default, lines are not split. +\fIlength\fR characters. By default, lines are split every 61 characters, and +this must be in the range 3 to 85 due to limitations in the encoding. .TP \fB\-wrapchar \fIcharacter\fR . @@ -114,7 +122,11 @@ During decoding, the following options are supported: .TP \fB\-strict\fR . -Instructs the decoder to throw an error if it encounters whitespace characters. Otherwise it ignores them. +Instructs the decoder to throw an error if it encounters unexpected whitespace +characters. Otherwise it ignores them. +.PP +Note that neither the encoder nor the decoder handle the header and footer of +the uuencode format. .RE .VE 8.6 .SH "BINARY FORMAT" @@ -288,7 +300,7 @@ example, .CS \fBbinary format\fR s3 {3 -3 258 1} .CE -will return a string equivalent to +will return a string equivalent to \fB\ex03\ex00\exfd\exff\ex02\ex01\fR. .RE .IP \fBS\fR 5 @@ -299,7 +311,7 @@ example, .CS \fBbinary format\fR S3 {3 -3 258 1} .CE -will return a string equivalent to +will return a string equivalent to \fB\ex00\ex03\exff\exfd\ex01\ex02\fR. .RE .IP \fBt\fR 5 @@ -318,7 +330,7 @@ example, .CS \fBbinary format\fR i3 {3 -3 65536 1} .CE -will return a string equivalent to +will return a string equivalent to \fB\ex03\ex00\ex00\ex00\exfd\exff\exff\exff\ex00\ex00\ex01\ex00\fR .RE .IP \fBI\fR 5 @@ -329,7 +341,7 @@ For example, .CS \fBbinary format\fR I3 {3 -3 65536 1} .CE -will return a string equivalent to +will return a string equivalent to \fB\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex03\exff\exff\exff\exfd\ex00\ex01\ex00\ex00\fR .RE .IP \fBn\fR 5 @@ -385,7 +397,7 @@ on a Windows system running on an Intel Pentium processor, .CS \fBbinary format\fR f2 {1.6 3.4} .CE -will return a string equivalent to +will return a string equivalent to \fB\excd\excc\excc\ex3f\ex9a\ex99\ex59\ex40\fR. .RE .IP \fBr\fR 5 @@ -406,7 +418,7 @@ Windows system running on an Intel Pentium processor, .CS \fBbinary format\fR d1 {1.6} .CE -will return a string equivalent to +will return a string equivalent to \fB\ex9a\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\exf9\ex3f\fR. .RE .IP \fBq\fR 5 @@ -672,7 +684,7 @@ order. For example, \fBbinary scan\fR \ex00\ex05\ex00\ex07\exff\exf0 S2S* var1 var2 .CE will return \fB2\fR with \fB5 7\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR -stored in \fIvar2\fR. +stored in \fIvar2\fR. .RE .IP \fBt\fR 5 The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 16-bit signed integers @@ -855,6 +867,7 @@ architectures, use their textual representation (as produced by .PP This is a procedure to write a Tcl string to a binary-encoded channel as UTF-8 data preceded by a length word: +.PP .CS proc \fIwriteString\fR {channel string} { set data [encoding convertto utf-8 $string] @@ -865,6 +878,7 @@ proc \fIwriteString\fR {channel string} { .PP This procedure reads a string from a channel that was written by the previously presented \fIwriteString\fR procedure: +.PP .CS proc \fIreadString\fR {channel} { if {![\fBbinary scan\fR [read $channel 4] I length]} { @@ -877,6 +891,7 @@ proc \fIreadString\fR {channel} { .PP This converts the contents of a file (named in the variable \fIfilename\fR) to base64 and prints them: +.PP .CS set f [open $filename rb] set data [read $f] @@ -884,9 +899,10 @@ close $f puts [\fBbinary encode\fR base64 \-maxlen 64 $data] .CE .SH "SEE ALSO" -format(n), scan(n), tcl_platform(n) +encoding(n), format(n), scan(n), string(n), tcl_platform(n) .SH KEYWORDS binary, format, scan '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff +'\" fill-column: 78 '\" End: diff --git a/doc/break.n b/doc/break.n index cef37c6..3e4ce5f 100644 --- a/doc/break.n +++ b/doc/break.n @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH break n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH case n 7.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/catch.n b/doc/catch.n index 9597ccf..d43a7ec 100644 --- a/doc/catch.n +++ b/doc/catch.n @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH catch n "8.5" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ value stored in \fIresultVarName\fR is the value returned from \fIscript\fR. .PP If the \fIoptionsVarName\fR argument is given, then the variable it names is set to a dictionary of return options returned by evaluation -of \fIscript\fR. Tcl specifies two entries that are always +of \fIscript\fR. Tcl specifies two entries that are always defined in the dictionary: \fB\-code\fR and \fB\-level\fR. When the return code from evaluation of \fIscript\fR is not \fBTCL_RETURN\fR, the value of the \fB\-level\fR entry will be 0, and the value @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ if { [\fBcatch\fR {open $someFile w} fid] } { .PP There are more complex examples of \fBcatch\fR usage in the documentation for the \fBreturn\fR command. -.SH "SEE ALSO" +.SH "SEE ALSO" break(n), continue(n), dict(n), error(n), errorCode(n), errorInfo(n), info(n), return(n) .SH KEYWORDS @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH cd n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -'\" +'\" '\" Copyright (c) 2005-2006 Donal K. Fellows '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -.so man.macros .TH chan n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ generate an error. .TP \fB\-translation\fR \fImode\fR .TP -\fB\-translation\fR \fB{\fIinMode outMode\fB}\fR +\fB\-translation\fR \fB{\fIinMode outMode\fB}\fR . In Tcl scripts the end of a line is always represented using a single newline character (\en). However, in actual files and devices the end @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ all platforms Tcl chooses \fBcrlf\fR, for all Unix flavors, it chooses \fBcrlf\fR. The default setting for \fB\-translation\fR is \fBauto\fR for both input and output. .TP -\fBbinary\fR +\fBbinary\fR . No end-of-line translations are performed. This is nearly identical to \fBlf\fR mode, except that in addition \fBbinary\fR mode also sets @@ -530,8 +530,8 @@ only those channel names that match it (according to the rules of . Depending on whether \fImode\fR is \fBinput\fR or \fBoutput\fR, returns the number of -bytes of input or output (respectively) currently buffered -internally for \fIchannelId\fR (especially useful in a readable event +bytes of input or output (respectively) currently buffered +internally for \fIchannelId\fR (especially useful in a readable event callback to impose application-specific limits on input line lengths to avoid a potential denial-of-service attack where a hostile user crafts an extremely long line that exceeds the available memory to buffer it). @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ separately \fBstderr\fR and \fBstdout\fR from a subprocess. To do this, spawn with "2>@" or ">@" redirection operators onto the write side of a pipe, and then immediately close it in the parent. This is necessary to get an EOF on -the read side once the child has exited or otherwise closed its output. +the read side once the child has exited or otherwise closed its output. .VE 8.6 .TP \fBchan pop \fIchannelId\fR diff --git a/doc/class.n b/doc/class.n index 88d1b44..198ae41 100644 --- a/doc/class.n +++ b/doc/class.n @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH class n 0.1 TclOO "TclOO Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/clock.n b/doc/clock.n index 8708029..889a5da 100644 --- a/doc/clock.n +++ b/doc/clock.n @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ '\" Generated from file './doc/clock.dt' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Kevin B. Kenny <kennykb@acm.org>. All rights reserved. '\" -.so man.macros .TH "clock" n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME clock \- Obtain and manipulate dates and times @@ -16,13 +16,13 @@ package require \fBTcl 8.5\fR .sp \fBclock format\fR \fItimeVal\fR ?\fI\-option value\fR...? .sp -\fBclock microseconds\fR +\fBclock microseconds\fR .sp -\fBclock milliseconds\fR +\fBclock milliseconds\fR .sp \fBclock scan\fR \fIinputString\fR ?\fI\-option value\fR...? .sp -\fBclock seconds\fR +\fBclock seconds\fR .sp .BE .SH "DESCRIPTION" @@ -58,10 +58,10 @@ Formats a time that is expressed as an integer number of seconds into a format intended for consumption by users or external programs. See \fBFORMATTING TIMES\fR for a full description. .TP -\fBclock microseconds\fR +\fBclock microseconds\fR Returns the current time as an integer number of microseconds. See \fBHIGH RESOLUTION TIMERS\fR for a full description. .TP -\fBclock milliseconds\fR +\fBclock milliseconds\fR Returns the current time as an integer number of milliseconds. See \fBHIGH RESOLUTION TIMERS\fR for a full description. .TP \fBclock scan\fR \fIinputString\fR ?\fI\-option value\fR...? @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Scans a time that is expressed as a character string and produces an integer number of seconds. See \fBSCANNING TIMES\fR for a full description. .TP -\fBclock seconds\fR +\fBclock seconds\fR Returns the current time as an integer number of seconds. .SS "PARAMETERS" .TP @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ and their interpretation, are described under \fBFORMAT GROUPS\fR. On \fBclock format\fR, the default format is .PP .CS -%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %z %Y +%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Z %Y .CE .PP On \fBclock scan\fR, the lack of a \fB\-format\fR option indicates that a @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ string of the same meaning in the locale, to indicate whether \fB%Y\fR refers to years before or after Year 1 of the Common Era. On input, accepts the string \fBB.C.E.\fR, \fBB.C.\fR, \fBC.E.\fR, \fBA.D.\fR, or the abbreviation appropriate to the current locale, and uses it to fix -whether \fB%Y\fR refers to years before or after Year 1 of the +whether \fB%Y\fR refers to years before or after Year 1 of the Common Era. .TP \fB%Ex\fR @@ -637,8 +637,9 @@ On output, produces a locale-dependent time of day representation on a 12-hour clock. On input, accepts whatever \fB%r\fR produces. .TP \fB%R\fR -On output, produces a locale-dependent time of day representation on a -24-hour clock. On input, accepts whatever \fB%R\fR produces. +On output, the time in 24-hour notation (%H:%M). For a version +including the seconds, see \fB%T\fR below. On input, accepts whatever +\fB%R\fR produces. .TP \fB%s\fR On output, simply formats the \fItimeVal\fR argument as a decimal @@ -683,8 +684,8 @@ ISO8601 week number. \fB%w\fR On output, produces the ordinal number of the day of the week (Sunday==0; Saturday==6). On input, accepts a single digit and -interprets it as the day of the week; Sunday may be represented as -either 0 or 7. Note that \fB%w\fR is not the ISO8601 weekday number, +interprets it as the day of the week; Sunday may be represented as +either 0 or 7. Note that \fB%w\fR is not the ISO8601 weekday number, which is produced and accepted by \fB%u\fR. .TP \fB%W\fR @@ -764,7 +765,7 @@ The local time zone from the Control Panel on Windows systems. The C library's idea of the local time zone, as defined by the \fBmktime\fR and \fBlocaltime\fR functions. .PP -In case [1] \fIonly,\fR the string is tested to see if it is one +In case [1] \fIonly,\fR the string is tested to see if it is one of the strings: .PP .CS @@ -782,7 +783,7 @@ of the strings: If it is a string in the above list, it designates a known time zone, and is interpreted as such. .PP -For time zones in case [1] that do not match any of the above strings, +For time zones in case [1] that do not match any of the above strings, and always for cases [2]-[6], the following rules apply. .PP If the time zone begins with a colon, it is one of a @@ -908,7 +909,7 @@ giving an explicit \fB\-format\fR option to the \fBclock scan\fR command. .TP \fIrelative time\fR A specification relative to the current time. The format is \fBnumber -unit\fR. Acceptable units are \fByear\fR, \fBfortnight\fR, +unit\fR. Acceptable units are \fByear\fR, \fBfortnight\fR, \fBmonth\fR, \fBweek\fR, \fBday\fR, \fBhour\fR, \fBminute\fR (or \fBmin\fR), and \fBsecond\fR (or \fBsec\fR). The unit can be specified as a singular or plural, as in \fB3 weeks\fR. diff --git a/doc/close.n b/doc/close.n index 2826d82..63da75b 100644 --- a/doc/close.n +++ b/doc/close.n @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH close n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/concat.n b/doc/concat.n index b079b30..575b9df 100644 --- a/doc/concat.n +++ b/doc/concat.n @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH concat n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/continue.n b/doc/continue.n index de2f07c..17d16b4 100644 --- a/doc/continue.n +++ b/doc/continue.n @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH continue n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH copy n 0.1 TclOO "TclOO Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/coroutine.n b/doc/coroutine.n index 035d58a..c99f8d3 100644 --- a/doc/coroutine.n +++ b/doc/coroutine.n @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH coroutine n 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH dde n 1.4 dde "Tcl Bundled Packages" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ the command returns immediately with no error. .VS 8.6 Without the \fB\-binary\fR option all data will be sent in unicode. For dde clients which don't implement the CF_UNICODE clipboard format, this -will automatically be translated to the system encoding. You can use +will automatically be translated to the system encoding. You can use the \fB\-binary\fR option in combination with the result of \fBencoding convertto\fR to send data in any other encoding. .VE 8.6 @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ application. .VS 8.6 Without the \fB\-binary\fR option all data will be sent in unicode. For dde clients which don't implement the CF_UNICODE clipboard format, this -will automatically be translated to the system encoding. You can use +will automatically be translated to the system encoding. You can use the \fB\-binary\fR option in combination with the result of \fBencoding convertto\fR to send data in any other encoding. .VE 8.6 diff --git a/doc/define.n b/doc/define.n index 1c36ca3..7599ec0 100644 --- a/doc/define.n +++ b/doc/define.n @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH define n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH dict n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -25,11 +25,12 @@ below for a description), depending on \fIoption\fR. The legal This appends the given string (or strings) to the value that the given key maps to in the dictionary value contained in the given variable, writing the resulting dictionary value back to that variable. -Non-existent keys are treated as if they map to an empty string. +Non-existent keys are treated as if they map to an empty string. The +updated dictionary value is returned. .TP \fBdict create \fR?\fIkey value ...\fR? . -Create a new dictionary that contains each of the key/value mappings +Return a new dictionary that contains each of the key/value mappings listed as arguments (keys and values alternating, with each key being followed by its associated value.) .TP @@ -53,10 +54,10 @@ The key rule only matches those key/value pairs whose keys match any of the given patterns (in the style of \fBstring match\fR.) .VE 8.6 .TP -\fBdict filter \fIdictionaryValue \fBscript {\fIkeyVar valueVar\fB} \fIscript\fR +\fBdict filter \fIdictionaryValue \fBscript {\fIkeyVariable valueVariable\fB} \fIscript\fR . The script rule tests for matching by assigning the key to the -\fIkeyVar\fR and the value to the \fIvalueVar\fR, and then evaluating +\fIkeyVariable\fR and the value to the \fIvalueVariable\fR, and then evaluating the given script which should return a boolean value (with the key/value pair only being included in the result of the \fBdict filter\fR when a true value is returned.) Note that the first @@ -74,7 +75,7 @@ of the given patterns (in the style of \fBstring match\fR.) .VE 8.6 .RE .TP -\fBdict for {\fIkeyVar valueVar\fB} \fIdictionaryValue body\fR +\fBdict for {\fIkeyVariable valueVariable\fB} \fIdictionaryValue body\fR . This command takes three arguments, the first a two-element list of variable names (for the key and value respectively of each mapping in @@ -121,7 +122,8 @@ not specified) to the value that the given key maps to in the dictionary value contained in the given variable, writing the resulting dictionary value back to that variable. Non-existent keys are treated as if they map to 0. It is an error to increment a value -for an existing key if that value is not an integer. +for an existing key if that value is not an integer. The updated +dictionary value is returned. .TP \fBdict info \fIdictionaryValue\fR . @@ -145,9 +147,10 @@ to in the dictionary value contained in the given variable, writing the resulting dictionary value back to that variable. Non-existent keys are treated as if they map to an empty list, and it is legal for there to be no items to append to the list. It is an error for the -value that the key maps to to not be representable as a list. +value that the key maps to to not be representable as a list. The +updated dictionary value is returned. .TP -\fBdict map \fR{\fIkeyVar valueVar\fR} \fIdictionaryValue body\fR +\fBdict map \fR{\fIkeyVariable valueVariable\fR} \fIdictionaryValue body\fR . This command applies a transformation to each element of a dictionary, returning a new dictionary. It takes three arguments: the first is a @@ -157,7 +160,7 @@ and the third a script to be evaluated for each mapping with the key and value variables set appropriately (in the manner of \fBlmap\fR). In an iteration where the evaluated script completes normally (\fBTCL_OK\fR, as opposed to an \fBerror\fR, etc.) the result of the script is put into an accumulator -dictionary using the key that is the current contents of the \fIkeyVar\fR +dictionary using the key that is the current contents of the \fIkeyVariable\fR variable at that point. The result of the \fBdict map\fR command is the accumulator dictionary after all keys have been iterated over. .RS @@ -202,7 +205,7 @@ This operation takes the name of a variable containing a dictionary value and places an updated dictionary value in that variable containing a mapping from the given key to the given value. When multiple keys are present, this operation creates or updates a chain -of nested dictionaries. +of nested dictionaries. The updated dictionary value is returned. .TP \fBdict size \fIdictionaryValue\fR . @@ -216,7 +219,8 @@ dictionary value in that variable that does not contain a mapping for the given key. Where multiple keys are present, this describes a path through nested dictionaries to the mapping to remove. At least one key must be specified, but the last key on the key-path need not exist. -All other components on the path must exist. +All other components on the path must exist. The updated dictionary +value is returned. .TP \fBdict update \fIdictionaryVariable key varName \fR?\fIkey varName ...\fR? \fIbody\fR . diff --git a/doc/encoding.n b/doc/encoding.n index 5269a18..50ad083 100644 --- a/doc/encoding.n +++ b/doc/encoding.n @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998 by Scriptics Corporation. -'\" +'\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH encoding n "8.1" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME encoding \- Manipulate encodings @@ -14,10 +14,21 @@ encoding \- Manipulate encodings .BE .SH INTRODUCTION .PP -Strings in Tcl are encoded using 16-bit Unicode characters. Different -operating system interfaces or applications may generate strings in -other encodings such as Shift-JIS. The \fBencoding\fR command helps -to bridge the gap between Unicode and these other formats. +Strings in Tcl are logically a sequence of 16-bit Unicode characters. +These strings are represented in memory as a sequence of bytes that +may be in one of several encodings: modified UTF\-8 (which uses 1 to 3 +bytes per character), 16-bit +.QW Unicode +(which uses 2 bytes per character, with an endianness that is +dependent on the host architecture), and binary (which uses a single +byte per character but only handles a restricted range of characters). +Tcl does not guarantee to always use the same encoding for the same +string. +.PP +Different operating system interfaces or applications may generate +strings in other encodings such as Shift\-JIS. The \fBencoding\fR +command helps to bridge the gap between Unicode and these other +formats. .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Performs one of several encoding related operations, depending on @@ -37,8 +48,9 @@ system encoding is used. Convert \fIstring\fR from Unicode to the specified \fIencoding\fR. The result is a sequence of bytes that represents the converted string. Each byte is stored in the lower 8-bits of a Unicode -character. If \fIencoding\fR is not specified, the current -system encoding is used. +character (indeed, the resulting string is a binary string as far as +Tcl is concerned, at least initially). If \fIencoding\fR is not +specified, the current system encoding is used. .TP \fBencoding dirs\fR ?\fIdirectoryList\fR? . @@ -55,7 +67,12 @@ searchable directory, that element is ignored. \fBencoding names\fR . Returns a list containing the names of all of the encodings that are -currently available. +currently available. +The encodings +.QW utf-8 +and +.QW iso8859-1 +are guaranteed to be present in the list. .TP \fBencoding system\fR ?\fIencoding\fR? . @@ -73,7 +90,7 @@ However, because the \fBsource\fR command always reads files using the current system encoding, Tcl will only source such files correctly when the encoding used to write the file is the same. This tends not to be true in an internationalized setting. For example, if such a -file was sourced in North America (where the ISO8859-1 is normally +file was sourced in North America (where the ISO8859\-1 is normally used), each byte in the file would be treated as a separate character that maps to the 00 page in Unicode. The resulting Tcl strings will not contain the expected Japanese characters. Instead, they will @@ -93,3 +110,6 @@ which is the Hiragana letter HA. Tcl_GetEncoding(3) .SH KEYWORDS encoding, unicode +.\" Local Variables: +.\" mode: nroff +.\" End: @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH eof n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/error.n b/doc/error.n index d61bd7b..c05f8b9 100644 --- a/doc/error.n +++ b/doc/error.n @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH error n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ the Tcl interpreter adds information to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return option. If the \fIinfo\fR argument is present, it is used to initialize the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return options and the first increment of unwind information -will not be added by the Tcl interpreter. +will not be added by the Tcl interpreter. In other words, the command containing the \fBerror\fR command will not appear in the stack trace; in its place will be \fIinfo\fR. @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH eval n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH exec n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ discarded. The Tk console text widget does not provide real standard IO capabilities. Under Tk, when redirecting from standard input, all applications will see an immediate end-of-file; information redirected to standard output or standard -error will be discarded. +error will be discarded. .PP Either forward or backward slashes are accepted as path separators for arguments to Tcl commands. When executing an application, the path name @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ backslashes only in paths. Any arguments to an application that specify a path name with forward slashes will not automatically be converted to use the backslash character. If an argument contains forward slashes as the path separator, it may or may not be recognized as a path name, depending on -the program. +the program. .PP Additionally, when calling a 16-bit DOS or Windows 3.X application, all path names must use the short, cryptic, path format (e.g., using @@ -269,17 +269,13 @@ present, as is done when launching applications under wish. It is desirable to have console applications hidden and detached. This is a designed-in limitation as \fBexec\fR wants to communicate over pipes. The Expect extension addresses this issue when communicating with a TUI application. -.RE -.TP -\fBWindows NT\fR -. +.PP When attempting to execute an application, \fBexec\fR first searches for the name as it was specified. Then, in order, \fB.com\fR, \fB.exe\fR, and \fB.bat\fR are appended to the end of the specified name and it searches for the longer name. If a directory name was not specified as part of the application name, the following directories are automatically searched in order when attempting to locate the application: -.RS .IP \(bu 3 The directory from which the Tcl executable was loaded. .IP \(bu 3 @@ -299,67 +295,6 @@ the caller must prepend the desired command with because built-in commands are not implemented using executables. .RE .TP -\fBWindows 9x\fR -. -When attempting to execute an application, \fBexec\fR first searches for -the name as it was specified. Then, in order, \fB.com\fR, \fB.exe\fR, and -\fB.bat\fR are appended to the end of the specified name and it searches -for the longer name. If a directory name was not specified as part of the -application name, the following directories are automatically searched in -order when attempting to locate the application: -.RS -.IP \(bu 3 -The directory from which the Tcl executable was loaded. -.IP \(bu 3 -The current directory. -.IP \(bu 3 -The Windows 9x system directory. -.IP \(bu 3 -The Windows 9x home directory. -.IP \(bu 3 -The directories listed in the path. -.RE -.RS -.PP -In order to execute shell built-in commands like \fBdir\fR and \fBcopy\fR, -the caller must prepend the desired command with -.QW "\fBcommand.com /c\0\fR" -because built-in commands are not implemented using executables. -.PP -Once a 16-bit DOS application has read standard input from a console and -then quit, all subsequently run 16-bit DOS applications will see the -standard input as already closed. 32-bit applications do not have this -problem and will run correctly, even after a 16-bit DOS application thinks -that standard input is closed. There is no known workaround for this bug -at this time. -.PP -Redirection between the \fBNUL:\fR device and a 16-bit application does not -always work. When redirecting from \fBNUL:\fR, some applications may hang, -others will get an infinite stream of -.QW 0x01 -bytes, and some will actually -correctly get an immediate end-of-file; the behavior seems to depend upon -something compiled into the application itself. When redirecting greater than -4K or so to \fBNUL:\fR, some applications will hang. The above problems do not -happen with 32-bit applications. -.PP -All DOS 16-bit applications are run synchronously. All standard input from -a pipe to a 16-bit DOS application is collected into a temporary file; the -other end of the pipe must be closed before the 16-bit DOS application -begins executing. All standard output or error from a 16-bit DOS -application to a pipe is collected into temporary files; the application -must terminate before the temporary files are redirected to the next stage -of the pipeline. This is due to a workaround for a Windows 95 bug in the -implementation of pipes, and is how the standard Windows 95 DOS shell -handles pipes itself. -.PP -Certain applications, such as \fBcommand.com\fR, should not be executed -interactively. Applications which directly access the console window, -rather than reading from their standard input and writing to their standard -output may fail, hang Tcl, or even hang the system if their own private -console window is not available to them. -.RE -.TP \fBUnix\fR (including Mac OS X) . The \fBexec\fR command is fully functional and works as described. @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH exit n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ proc main {} { if {[catch {main} msg options]} { puts stderr "unexpected script error: $msg" - if {[info exist env(DEBUG)]} { + if {[info exists env(DEBUG)]} { puts stderr "---- BEGIN TRACE ----" puts stderr [dict get $options -errorinfo] puts stderr "---- END TRACE ----" @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH expr n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ Most expressions do not require a second round of substitutions. Either they are enclosed in braces or, if not, their variable and command substitutions yield numbers or strings that do not themselves require substitutions. -However, because a few unbraced expressions +However, because a few unbraced expressions need two rounds of substitutions, the bytecode compiler must emit additional instructions to handle this situation. diff --git a/doc/fconfigure.n b/doc/fconfigure.n index 550d071..8da76c6 100644 --- a/doc/fconfigure.n +++ b/doc/fconfigure.n @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -'\" +'\" '\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH fconfigure n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ generate an error. .TP \fB\-translation\fR \fImode\fR .TP -\fB\-translation\fR \fB{\fIinMode outMode\fB}\fR +\fB\-translation\fR \fB{\fIinMode outMode\fB}\fR . In Tcl scripts the end of a line is always represented using a single newline character (\en). However, in actual files and devices the end of @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ Tcl chooses \fBcrlf\fR, for all Unix flavors, it chooses \fBlf\fR, and for the various flavors of Windows it chooses \fBcrlf\fR. The default setting for \fB\-translation\fR is \fBauto\fR for both input and output. .TP -\fBbinary\fR +\fBbinary\fR . No end-of-line translations are performed. This is nearly identical to \fBlf\fR mode, except that in addition \fBbinary\fR mode also sets the diff --git a/doc/fcopy.n b/doc/fcopy.n index 6a4bf1a..e5dd1d6 100644 --- a/doc/fcopy.n +++ b/doc/fcopy.n @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH fcopy n 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ avoid extra copies and to avoid buffering too much data in main memory when copying large files to slow destinations like network sockets. .PP -The \fBfcopy\fR +The \fBfcopy\fR command transfers data from \fIinchan\fR until end of file -or \fIsize\fR bytes have been +or \fIsize\fR bytes have been transferred. If no \fB\-size\fR argument is given, then the copy goes until end of file. All the data read from \fIinchan\fR is copied to \fIoutchan\fR. @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ The \fB\-command\fR argument makes \fBfcopy\fR work in the background. In this case it returns immediately and the \fIcallback\fR is invoked later when the copy completes. The \fIcallback\fR is called with -one or two additional +one or two additional arguments that indicates how many bytes were written to \fIoutchan\fR. If an error occurred during the background copy, the second argument is the error string associated with the error. @@ -46,8 +46,11 @@ non-blocking mode; the \fBfcopy\fR command takes care of that automatically. However, it is necessary to enter the event loop by using the \fBvwait\fR command or by using Tk. .PP -You are not allowed to do other I/O operations with -\fIinchan\fR or \fIoutchan\fR during a background \fBfcopy\fR. +You are not allowed to do other input operations with \fIinchan\fR, or +output operations with \fIoutchan\fR, during a background +\fBfcopy\fR. The converse is entirely legitimate, as exhibited by the +bidirectional fcopy example below. +.PP If either \fIinchan\fR or \fIoutchan\fR get closed while the copy is in progress, the current copy is stopped and the command callback is \fInot\fR made. @@ -57,7 +60,7 @@ then all data already queued for \fIoutchan\fR is written out. Note that \fIinchan\fR can become readable during a background copy. You should turn off any \fBfileevent\fR handlers during a background copy so those handlers do not interfere with the copy. -Any I/O attempted by a \fBfileevent\fR handler will get a +Any wrong-sided I/O attempted (by a \fBfileevent\fR handler or otherwise) will get a .QW "channel busy" error. .PP @@ -106,7 +109,7 @@ fconfigure $out -translation binary This second example shows how the callback gets passed the number of bytes transferred. It also uses vwait to put the application into the event loop. -Of course, this simplified example could be done without the command +Of course, this simplified example could be done without the command callback. .PP .CS @@ -149,6 +152,24 @@ set total 0 -command [list CopyMore $in $out $chunk] vwait done .CE +.PP +The fourth example starts an asynchronous, bidirectional fcopy between +two sockets. Those could also be pipes from two [open "|hal 9000" r+] +(though their conversation would remain secret to the script, since +all four fileevent slots are busy). +.PP +.CS +set flows 2 +proc Done {dir args} { + global flows done + puts "$dir is over." + incr flows -1 + if {$flows<=0} {set done 1} +} +\fBfcopy\fR $sok1 $sok2 -command [list Done UP] +\fBfcopy\fR $sok2 $sok1 -command [list Done DOWN] +vwait done +.CE .SH "SEE ALSO" eof(n), fblocked(n), fconfigure(n), file(n) .SH KEYWORDS @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH file n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ substitution is done before executing the command (see the manual entry for file name. Any unique abbreviation for \fIoption\fR is acceptable. The valid options are: .TP -\fBfile atime \fIname\fR ?\fBtime\fR? +\fBfile atime \fIname\fR ?\fItime\fR? . Returns a decimal string giving the time at which file \fIname\fR was last accessed. If \fItime\fR is specified, it is an access time to set @@ -34,9 +34,9 @@ generated. On Windows, FAT file systems do not support access time. .TP \fBfile attributes \fIname\fR .TP -\fBfile attributes \fIname\fR ?\fBoption\fR? +\fBfile attributes \fIname\fR ?\fIoption\fR? .TP -\fBfile attributes \fIname\fR ?\fBoption value option value...\fR? +\fBfile attributes \fIname\fR ?\fIoption value option value...\fR? . This subcommand returns or sets platform specific values associated with a file. The first form returns a list of the platform specific @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ set to the value 0, which results in the resource fork being stripped off the file. .RE .TP -\fBfile channels ?\fIpattern\fR? +\fBfile channels\fR ?\fIpattern\fR? . If \fIpattern\fR is not specified, returns a list of names of all registered open channels in this interpreter. If \fIpattern\fR is @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ returned. For example, \fBfile dirname\fR c:/ .CE .PP -returns \fBc:/\fR. +returns \fBc:/\fR. .PP Note that tilde substitution will only be performed if it is necessary to complete the command. For example, @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ returns \fB/home\fR (or something similar). \fBfile executable \fIname\fR . Returns \fB1\fR if file \fIname\fR is executable by the current user, -\fB0\fR otherwise. +\fB0\fR otherwise. .TP \fBfile exists \fIname\fR . @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ is always canonical for the current platform: \fB/\fR for Unix and Windows. .RE .TP -\fBfile link ?\fI\-linktype\fR? \fIlinkName\fR ?\fItarget\fR? +\fBfile link\fR ?\fI\-linktype\fR? \fIlinkName\fR ?\fItarget\fR? . If only one argument is given, that argument is assumed to be \fIlinkName\fR, and this command returns the value of the link given by @@ -241,11 +241,9 @@ as relative to the cwd). Furthermore, paths are always expanded to absolute form. When creating links on filesystems that either do not support any links, or do not support the specific type requested, an -error message will be returned. In particular Windows 95, 98 and ME do -not support any links at present, but most Unix platforms support both -symbolic and hard links (the latter for files only) and Windows -NT/2000/XP (on NTFS drives) support symbolic -directory links and hard file links. +error message will be returned. Most Unix platforms support both +symbolic and hard links (the latter for files only). Windows +supports symbolic directory links and hard file links on NTFS drives. .RE .TP \fBfile lstat \fIname varName\fR @@ -257,7 +255,7 @@ is for the link rather than the file it refers to. On systems that do not support symbolic links this option behaves exactly the same as the \fBstat\fR option. .TP -\fBfile mkdir ?\fIdir\fR ...? +\fBfile mkdir\fR ?\fIdir\fR ...? . Creates each directory specified. For each pathname \fIdir\fR specified, this command will create all non-existing parent directories as @@ -302,7 +300,7 @@ operate on the actual symbolic link itself (for example \fBfile delete\fR, \fBfile rename\fR, \fBfile copy\fR are defined to operate on symbolic links, not on the things that they point to). .TP -\fBfile owned \fIname\fR +\fBfile owned \fIname\fR . Returns \fB1\fR if file \fIname\fR is owned by the current user, \fB0\fR otherwise. @@ -320,7 +318,7 @@ type is \fBvolumerelative\fR. \fBfile readable \fIname\fR . Returns \fB1\fR if file \fIname\fR is readable by the current user, -\fB0\fR otherwise. +\fB0\fR otherwise. .TP \fBfile readlink \fIname\fR . @@ -358,7 +356,7 @@ component of \fIname\fR does not contain a dot, then returns \fIname\fR. .TP \fBfile separator\fR ?\fIname\fR? . -If no argument is given, returns the character which is used to separate +If no argument is given, returns the character which is used to separate path segments for native files on this platform. If a path is given, the filesystem responsible for that path is asked to return its separator character. If no file system accepts \fIname\fR, an error @@ -429,7 +427,7 @@ If the file does not belong to any filesystem, an error is generated. . Returns all of the characters in the last filesystem component of \fIname\fR. Any trailing directory separator in \fIname\fR is ignored. -If \fIname\fR contains no separators then returns \fIname\fR. So, +If \fIname\fR contains no separators then returns \fIname\fR. So, \fBfile tail a/b\fR, \fBfile tail a/b/\fR and \fBfile tail b\fR all return \fBb\fR. .TP @@ -459,7 +457,7 @@ Returns a string giving the type of file \fIname\fR, which will be one of \fBfifo\fR, \fBlink\fR, or \fBsocket\fR. .TP \fBfile volumes\fR -. +. Returns the absolute paths to the volumes mounted on the system, as a proper Tcl list. Without any virtual filesystems mounted as root volumes, on UNIX, the command will always return @@ -480,11 +478,11 @@ Returns \fB1\fR if file \fIname\fR is writable by the current user, \fBUnix\fR\0\0\0\0\0\0\0 . These commands always operate using the real user and group identifiers, -not the effective ones. +not the effective ones. .TP \fBWindows\fR\0\0\0\0 . -The \fbfile owned\fR subcommand currently always reports that the current user +The \fBfile owned\fR subcommand currently always reports that the current user is the owner of the file, without regard for what the operating system believes to be true, making an ownership test useless. This issue (#3613671) may be fixed in a future release of Tcl. diff --git a/doc/fileevent.n b/doc/fileevent.n index e453748..2751040 100644 --- a/doc/fileevent.n +++ b/doc/fileevent.n @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH fileevent n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ buggy handlers. In this setup \fBGetData\fR will be called with the channel as an argument whenever $chan becomes readable. The \fBread\fR call will read whatever binary data is currently available without blocking. -Here the channel has the fileevent removed when an end of file +Here the channel has the fileevent removed when an end of file occurs to avoid being continually called (see above). Alternatively the channel may be closed on this condition. .PP diff --git a/doc/filename.n b/doc/filename.n index d481fc9..87ba467 100644 --- a/doc/filename.n +++ b/doc/filename.n @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH filename n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ File names are grouped into three general types based on the starting point for the path used to specify the file: absolute, relative, and volume-relative. Absolute names are completely qualified, giving a path to the file relative to a particular volume and the root directory on that -volume. Relative names are unqualified, giving a path to the file relative +volume. Relative names are unqualified, giving a path to the file relative to the current working directory. Volume-relative names are partially qualified, either giving the path relative to the root directory on the current volume, or relative to the current directory of the specified @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ current directory. .TP 15 \fB\&../foo\fR Relative path to the file \fBfoo\fR in the directory above the current -directory. +directory. .RE .TP \fBWindows\fR @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ style names. Both \fB/\fR and \fB\e\fR may be used as directory separators in either type of name. Drive-relative names consist of an optional drive specifier followed by an absolute or relative path. UNC paths follow the general form \fB\e\eservername\esharename\epath\efile\fR, but must at -the very least contain the server and share components, i.e. +the very least contain the server and share components, i.e. \fB\e\eservername\esharename\fR. In both forms, the file names \fB.\fR and \fB..\fR are special and refer to the current directory and the parent of the current directory respectively. The @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ native path names). Also Windows 3.1 only supports file names with a root of no more than 8 characters and an extension of no more than 3 characters. .PP -On Windows platforms there are file and path length restrictions. +On Windows platforms there are file and path length restrictions. Complete paths or filenames longer than about 260 characters will lead to errors in most file operations. .PP diff --git a/doc/flush.n b/doc/flush.n index b8bf3e9..d266d91 100644 --- a/doc/flush.n +++ b/doc/flush.n @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH flush n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH for n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ each loop iteration), so changes in the variables will be visible. See below for an example: .SH EXAMPLES .PP -Print a line for each of the integers from 0 to 10: +Print a line for each of the integers from 0 to 9: .PP .CS \fBfor\fR {set x 0} {$x<10} {incr x} { diff --git a/doc/foreach.n b/doc/foreach.n index fb075d3..89a11f6 100644 --- a/doc/foreach.n +++ b/doc/foreach.n @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH foreach n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/format.n b/doc/format.n index 23dfe60..ba044f2 100644 --- a/doc/format.n +++ b/doc/format.n @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH format n 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -25,14 +25,14 @@ arguments, if any, provide values to be substituted into the result. The return value from \fBformat\fR is the formatted string. .SH "DETAILS ON FORMATTING" .PP -The command operates by scanning \fIformatString\fR from left to right. +The command operates by scanning \fIformatString\fR from left to right. Each character from the format string is appended to the result string unless it is a percent sign. If the character is a \fB%\fR then it is not copied to the result string. Instead, the characters following the \fB%\fR character are treated as a conversion specifier. The conversion specifier controls the conversion of the next successive -\fIarg\fR to a particular format and the result is appended to +\fIarg\fR to a particular format and the result is appended to the result string in place of the conversion specifier. If there are multiple conversion specifiers in the format string, then each one controls the conversion of one additional \fIarg\fR. @@ -66,12 +66,12 @@ The second portion of a conversion specifier may contain any of the following flag characters, in any order: .TP 10 \fB\-\fR -Specifies that the converted argument should be left-justified -in its field (numbers are normally right-justified with leading +Specifies that the converted argument should be left-justified +in its field (numbers are normally right-justified with leading spaces if needed). .TP 10 \fB+\fR -Specifies that a number should always be printed with a sign, +Specifies that a number should always be printed with a sign, even if positive. .TP 10 \fIspace\fR @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Specifies that a space should be added to the beginning of the number if the first character is not a sign. .TP 10 \fB0\fR -Specifies that the number should be padded on the left with +Specifies that the number should be padded on the left with zeroes instead of spaces. .TP 10 \fB#\fR @@ -90,9 +90,9 @@ will be added to the beginning of the result unless it is zero. For \fBb\fR conversions, \fB0b\fR will be added to the beginning of the result unless it is zero. For all floating-point conversions (\fBe\fR, \fBE\fR, \fBf\fR, -\fBg\fR, and \fBG\fR) it guarantees that the result always +\fBg\fR, and \fBG\fR) it guarantees that the result always has a decimal point. -For \fBg\fR and \fBG\fR conversions it specifies that +For \fBg\fR and \fBG\fR conversions it specifies that trailing zeroes should not be removed. .SS "OPTIONAL FIELD WIDTH" .PP @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ If the converted argument contains fewer characters than the minimum field width then it will be padded so that it is as wide as the minimum field width. Padding normally occurs by adding extra spaces on the left of the -converted argument, but the \fB0\fR and \fB\-\fR flags +converted argument, but the \fB0\fR and \fB\-\fR flags may be used to specify padding with zeroes on the left or with spaces on the right, respectively. If the minimum field width is specified as \fB*\fR rather than @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ point (however, trailing zeroes after the decimal point will still be omitted unless the \fB#\fR flag has been specified). For integer conversions, it specifies a minimum number of digits to print (leading zeroes will be added if necessary). -For \fBs\fR conversions it specifies the maximum number of characters to be +For \fBs\fR conversions it specifies the maximum number of characters to be printed; if the string is longer than this then the trailing characters will be dropped. If the precision is specified with \fB*\fR rather than a number then the next argument to the \fBformat\fR command determines the precision; @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ If it is \fBll\fR it specifies that an integer value is taken without truncation for conversion to a formatted substring. If it is \fBh\fR it specifies that an integer value is truncated to a 16-bit range before converting. This option is rarely useful. -If it is \fBl\fR it specifies that the integer value is +If it is \fBl\fR it specifies that the integer value is truncated to the same range as that produced by the \fBwide()\fR function of the \fBexpr\fR command (at least a 64-bit range). If neither \fBh\fR nor \fBl\fR are present, the integer value is @@ -178,22 +178,22 @@ Convert integer to the Unicode character it represents. No conversion; just insert string. .TP 10 \fBf\fR -Convert number to signed decimal string of -the form \fIxx.yyy\fR, where the number of \fIy\fR's is determined by +Convert number to signed decimal string of +the form \fIxx.yyy\fR, where the number of \fIy\fR's is determined by the precision (default: 6). If the precision is 0 then no decimal point is output. .TP 10 \fBe\fR or \fBE\fR -Convert number to scientific notation in the -form \fIx.yyy\fBe\(+-\fIzz\fR, where the number of \fIy\fR's is determined +Convert number to scientific notation in the +form \fIx.yyy\fBe\(+-\fIzz\fR, where the number of \fIy\fR's is determined by the precision (default: 6). If the precision is 0 then no decimal point is output. -If the \fBE\fR form is used then \fBE\fR is +If the \fBE\fR form is used then \fBE\fR is printed instead of \fBe\fR. .TP 10 \fBg\fR or \fBG\fR -If the exponent is less than \-4 or greater than or equal to the -precision, then convert number as for \fB%e\fR or +If the exponent is less than \-4 or greater than or equal to the +precision, then convert number as for \fB%e\fR or \fB%E\fR. Otherwise convert as for \fB%f\fR. Trailing zeroes and a trailing decimal point are omitted. @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH gets n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -.so man.macros .TH glob n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -204,13 +204,7 @@ of the form it refers to the home directory of the user whose account information resides on the specified NT domain server. Otherwise, user account information is obtained from -the local computer. On Windows 95 and 98, \fBglob\fR accepted patterns -like -.QW .../ -and -.QW ..../ -for successively higher up parent directories, but later versions of -Windows do not accept these forms. +the local computer. .PP Since the backslash character has a special meaning to the glob command, glob patterns containing Windows style path separators need diff --git a/doc/global.n b/doc/global.n index c17c370..9848817 100644 --- a/doc/global.n +++ b/doc/global.n @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH global n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ in the list returned by \fBinfo locals\fR). .PP If \fIvarname\fR contains namespace qualifiers, the local variable's name is the unqualified name of the global variable, as determined by the -\fBnamespace tail\fR command. +\fBnamespace tail\fR command. .PP \fIvarname\fR is always treated as the name of a variable, not an array element. An error is returned if the name looks like an array element, diff --git a/doc/history.n b/doc/history.n index ba507b4..e1f9781 100644 --- a/doc/history.n +++ b/doc/history.n @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH history n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH "http" n 2.7 http "Tcl Bundled Packages" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ a custom \fBsocket\fR command, via \fB::http::register\fR. .PP The \fB::http::geturl\fR procedure does a HTTP transaction. Its \fIoptions \fR determine whether a GET, POST, or HEAD transaction -is performed. +is performed. The return value of \fB::http::geturl\fR is a token for the transaction. The value is also the name of an array in the ::http namespace that contains state information about the transaction. The elements @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ flags and values that define the configuration: \fB\-accept\fR \fImimetypes\fR . The Accept header of the request. The default is */*, which means that -all types of documents are accepted. Otherwise you can supply a +all types of documents are accepted. Otherwise you can supply a comma-separated list of mime type patterns that you are willing to receive. For example, .QW "image/gif, image/jpeg, text/*" . @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ The value of the User-Agent header in the HTTP request. The default is .QW "\fBTcl http client package 2.7\fR" . .RE .TP -\fB::http::geturl\fR \fIurl\fR ?\fIoptions\fR? +\fB::http::geturl\fR \fIurl\fR ?\fIoptions\fR? . The \fB::http::geturl\fR command is the main procedure in the package. The \fB\-query\fR option causes a POST operation and @@ -210,7 +210,8 @@ proc httpHandlerCallback {socket token} { .TP \fB\-headers\fR \fIkeyvaluelist\fR . -This option is used to add extra headers to the HTTP request. The +This option is used to add headers not already specified +by \fB::http::config\fR to the HTTP request. The \fIkeyvaluelist\fR argument must be a list with an even number of elements that alternate between keys and values. The keys become header field names. Newlines are stripped from the values so the @@ -274,7 +275,7 @@ do the formatting. \fB\-queryblocksize\fR \fIsize\fR . The block size used when posting query data to the URL. -At most +At most \fIsize\fR bytes are written at once. After each block, a call to the \fB\-queryprogress\fR @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH if n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH incr n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH info n 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/interp.n b/doc/interp.n index 6ce10ee..92113a6 100644 --- a/doc/interp.n +++ b/doc/interp.n @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH interp n 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH join n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/lappend.n b/doc/lappend.n index 9bfab72..a324ca3 100644 --- a/doc/lappend.n +++ b/doc/lappend.n @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH lappend n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/lassign.n b/doc/lassign.n index 6f5042b..e250729 100644 --- a/doc/lassign.n +++ b/doc/lassign.n @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH lassign n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/library.n b/doc/library.n index 98dcb35..6f8f265 100644 --- a/doc/library.n +++ b/doc/library.n @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH library n "8.0" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME auto_execok, auto_import, auto_load, auto_mkindex, auto_qualify, auto_reset, tcl_findLibrary, parray, tcl_endOfWord, tcl_startOfNextWord, tcl_startOfPreviousWord, tcl_wordBreakAfter, tcl_wordBreakBefore \- standard library of Tcl procedures @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ auto_execok, auto_import, auto_load, auto_mkindex, auto_qualify, auto_reset, tcl \fBauto_qualify \fIcommand namespace\fR \fBauto_reset\fR \fBtcl_findLibrary \fIbasename version patch initScript enVarName varName\fR -\fBparray \fIarrayName\fR +\fBparray \fIarrayName\fR ?\fIpattern\fR? \fBtcl_endOfWord \fIstr start\fR \fBtcl_startOfNextWord \fIstr start\fR \fBtcl_startOfPreviousWord \fIstr start\fR @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ as its first characters then it is assumed to be a procedure definition and the next word of the line is taken as the procedure's name. Procedure definitions that do not appear in this way (e.g.\ they -have spaces before the \fBproc\fR) will not be indexed. If your +have spaces before the \fBproc\fR) will not be indexed. If your script contains .QW dangerous code, such as global initialization @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ performing the actual auto-loading of functions at runtime. This is a standard search procedure for use by extensions during their initialization. They call this procedure to look for their script library in several standard directories. -The last component of the name of the library directory is +The last component of the name of the library directory is normally \fIbasenameversion\fR (e.g., tk8.0), but it might be .QW library @@ -196,9 +196,11 @@ bin or bin/\fIarch\fR directory; relative to the executable file in the current build tree; relative to the executable file in a parallel build tree. .TP -\fBparray \fIarrayName\fR -Prints on standard output the names and values of all the elements -in the array \fIarrayName\fR. +\fBparray \fIarrayName\fR ?\fIpattern\fR? +Prints on standard output the names and values of all the elements in the +array \fIarrayName\fR, or just the names that match \fIpattern\fR (using the +matching rules of \fBstring match\fR) and their values if \fIpattern\fR is +given. \fIArrayName\fR must be an array accessible to the caller of \fBparray\fR. It may be either local or global. .TP @@ -283,7 +285,7 @@ a default value is used. .TP \fBenv(TCLLIBPATH)\fR If set, then it must contain a valid Tcl list giving directories to -search during auto-load operations. Directories must be specified in +search during auto-load operations. Directories must be specified in Tcl format, using .QW / as the path separator, regardless of platform. @@ -312,7 +314,7 @@ Unix, words are comprised of numbers, letters or underscores. .SH "SEE ALSO" env(n), info(n), re_syntax(n) .SH KEYWORDS -auto-exec, auto-load, library, unknown, word, whitespace +auto-exec, auto-load, library, unknown, word, whitespace '\"Local Variables: '\"mode: nroff '\"End: diff --git a/doc/lindex.n b/doc/lindex.n index bb272a6..d5605bc 100644 --- a/doc/lindex.n +++ b/doc/lindex.n @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH lindex n 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ substitution and command substitution do not occur. If \fIindex\fR is negative or greater than or equal to the number of elements in \fIvalue\fR, then an empty string is returned. -The interpretation of each simple \fIindex\fR value is the same as +The interpretation of each simple \fIindex\fR value is the same as for the command \fBstring index\fR, supporting simple index arithmetic and indices relative to the end of the list. .PP @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ set idx 3 \fI\(-> f\fR .CE .SH "SEE ALSO" -list(n), lappend(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n), +list(n), lappend(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n), lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n), string(n) .SH KEYWORDS diff --git a/doc/linsert.n b/doc/linsert.n index c722e4f..91db726 100644 --- a/doc/linsert.n +++ b/doc/linsert.n @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH linsert n 8.2 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ set newList [\fBlinsert\fR $midList end-1 lazy] set newerList [\fBlinsert\fR [\fBlinsert\fR $oldList end-1 quick] 1 lazy] .CE .SH "SEE ALSO" -list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), llength(n), lsearch(n), +list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), llength(n), lsearch(n), lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n), string(n) .SH KEYWORDS @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH list n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/llength.n b/doc/llength.n index b0ee4d9..79f93c0 100644 --- a/doc/llength.n +++ b/doc/llength.n @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH llength n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ An empty list is not necessarily an empty string: 1,0 .CE .SH "SEE ALSO" -list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), lsearch(n), +list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), lsearch(n), lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n) .SH KEYWORDS element, list, length @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH lmap n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Zip lists together: .CS set list1 {a b c d} set list2 {1 2 3 4} -set zipped [\fBlmap\fR a $list1 b $list2 {list $a $b}] +set zipped [\fBlmap\fR a $list1 b $list2 {list $a $b}] # The value of zipped is "{a 1} {b 2} {c 3} {d 4}" .CE .PP @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH load n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/lrange.n b/doc/lrange.n index 4f4816a..ffa6dba 100644 --- a/doc/lrange.n +++ b/doc/lrange.n @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH lrange n 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ elements to {elements to} .CE .SH "SEE ALSO" -list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n), +list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n), lset(n), lreplace(n), lsort(n), string(n) .SH KEYWORDS diff --git a/doc/lrepeat.n b/doc/lrepeat.n index 59a1edf..466339d 100644 --- a/doc/lrepeat.n +++ b/doc/lrepeat.n @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH lrepeat n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/lreplace.n b/doc/lreplace.n index 6e6c3ea..d19f0cd 100644 --- a/doc/lreplace.n +++ b/doc/lreplace.n @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH lreplace n 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ by \fIfirst\fR must exist or \fIfirst\fR must indicate before the start of the list. .PP If \fIlast\fR is less than \fIfirst\fR, then any specified elements -will be inserted into the list at the point specified by \fIfirst\fR +will be inserted into the list before the point specified by \fIfirst\fR with no elements being deleted. .PP The \fIelement\fR arguments specify zero or more new arguments to diff --git a/doc/lreverse.n b/doc/lreverse.n index f52db9b..51a9e57 100644 --- a/doc/lreverse.n +++ b/doc/lreverse.n @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH lreverse n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/lsearch.n b/doc/lsearch.n index 7835352..c2644b8 100644 --- a/doc/lsearch.n +++ b/doc/lsearch.n @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -'\" +'\" '\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" Copyright (c) 2001 Kevin B. Kenny <kennykb@acm.org>. All rights reserved. @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH lsearch n 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ The list elements are to be compared as integers. \fB\-nocase\fR . Causes comparisons to be handled in a case-insensitive manner. Has no -effect if combined with the \fB\-dictionary\fR, \fB\-integer\fR, or +effect if combined with the \fB\-dictionary\fR, \fB\-integer\fR, or \fB\-real\fR options. .TP \fB\-real\fR @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ It is also possible to search inside elements: \fI\(-> {a abc} {b bcd}\fR .CE .SH "SEE ALSO" -foreach(n), list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), +foreach(n), list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n), string(n) .SH KEYWORDS @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH lset n 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ lset \- Change an element in a list .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBlset\fR command accepts a parameter, \fIvarName\fR, which -it interprets as the name of a variable containing a Tcl list. +it interprets as the name of a variable containing a Tcl list. It also accepts zero or more \fIindices\fR into the list. The indices may be presented either consecutively on the command line, or grouped in a @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ In this case, \fInewValue\fR replaces the old value of the variable .PP When presented with a single index, the \fBlset\fR command treats the content of the \fIvarName\fR variable as a Tcl list. -It addresses the \fIindex\fR'th element in it +It addresses the \fIindex\fR'th element in it (0 refers to the first element of the list). When interpreting the list, \fBlset\fR observes the same rules concerning braces and quotes and backslashes as the Tcl command @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ The indicated return value also becomes the new value of \fIx\fR. \fI\(-> {{a b} {c d}} {{e f} {j h}}\fR .CE .SH "SEE ALSO" -list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n), +list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n), string(n) .SH KEYWORDS diff --git a/doc/lsort.n b/doc/lsort.n index 312048e..b0f7973 100644 --- a/doc/lsort.n +++ b/doc/lsort.n @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH lsort n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -153,14 +153,14 @@ returns \fB\-nocase\fR . Causes comparisons to be handled in a case-insensitive manner. Has no -effect if combined with the \fB\-dictionary\fR, \fB\-integer\fR, or +effect if combined with the \fB\-dictionary\fR, \fB\-integer\fR, or \fB\-real\fR options. .TP \fB\-unique\fR . If this option is specified, then only the last set of duplicate elements found in the list will be retained. Note that duplicates are -determined relative to the comparison used in the sort. Thus if +determined relative to the comparison used in the sort. Thus if \fB\-index 0\fR is used, \fB{1 a}\fR and \fB{1 b}\fR would be considered duplicates and only the second element, \fB{1 b}\fR, would be retained. @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ More complex sorting using a comparison function: {1 dingo} {2 banana} {0x2 carrot} {3 apple} .CE .SH "SEE ALSO" -list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n), +list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n), lset(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n) .SH KEYWORDS element, list, order, sort diff --git a/doc/mathfunc.n b/doc/mathfunc.n index 14b448e..7233d46 100644 --- a/doc/mathfunc.n +++ b/doc/mathfunc.n @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH mathfunc n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Mathematical Functions" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ than \fI0\fR, this is equivalent to \fBbool \fIarg\fR . Accepts any numeric value, or any string acceptable to -\fBstring is boolean\fR, and returns the corresponding +\fBstring is boolean\fR, and returns the corresponding boolean value \fB0\fR or \fB1\fR. Non-zero numbers are true. Other numbers are false. Non-numeric strings produce boolean value in agreement with \fBstring is true\fR and \fBstring is false\fR. @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ is negative, \fIy\fR must be an integer value. .TP \fBrand\fR . -Returns a pseudo-random floating-point value in the range (\fI0\fR,\fI1\fR). +Returns a pseudo-random floating-point value in the range (\fI0\fR,\fI1\fR). The generator algorithm is a simple linear congruential generator that is not cryptographically secure. Each result from \fBrand\fR completely determines all future results from subsequent calls to \fBrand\fR, so @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ Returns the hyperbolic tangent of \fIarg\fR. . The argument may be any numeric value. The integer part of \fIarg\fR is determined, and then the low order 64 bits of that integer value -are returned as an integer value. +are returned as an integer value. .SH "SEE ALSO" expr(n), mathop(n), namespace(n) .SH "COPYRIGHT" diff --git a/doc/mathop.n b/doc/mathop.n index ac2ebc1..4c16d76 100644 --- a/doc/mathop.n +++ b/doc/mathop.n @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ .\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution .\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. .\" -.so man.macros .TH mathop n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Mathematical Operator Commands" +.so man.macros .BS .\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/memory.n b/doc/memory.n index f82c5b4..c8cdb21 100644 --- a/doc/memory.n +++ b/doc/memory.n @@ -2,9 +2,9 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1992-1999 by Karl Lehenbauer and Mark Diekhans '\" Copyright (c) 2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH memory n 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME memory \- Control Tcl memory debugging capabilities @@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ command mode. .TP \fBmemory info\fR . -Returns a report containing the total allocations and frees since +Returns a report containing the total allocations and frees since Tcl began, the current packets allocated (the current -number of calls to \fBckalloc\fR not met by a corresponding call +number of calls to \fBckalloc\fR not met by a corresponding call to \fBckfree\fR), the current bytes allocated, and the maximum number of packets and bytes allocated. .TP @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ with it a string-valued tag. In the lists of allocated memory generated by \fBmemory active\fR and \fBmemory onexit\fR, the tag for each packet is printed along with other information about the packet. The \fBmemory tag\fR command sets the tag value for subsequent calls -to \fBckalloc\fR to be \fIstring\fR. +to \fBckalloc\fR to be \fIstring\fR. .TP \fBmemory trace \fR[\fBon\fR|\fBoff\fR] . @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ being displayed for all allocations and frees. Since there can be a lot of memory activity before a problem occurs, judicious use of this option can reduce the slowdown caused by tracing (and the amount of trace information produced), if you can identify a number of allocations that occur before -the problem sets in. The current number of memory allocations that have +the problem sets in. The current number of memory allocations that have occurred since Tcl started is printed on a guard zone failure. .TP \fBmemory validate \fR[\fBon\fR|\fBoff\fR] diff --git a/doc/msgcat.n b/doc/msgcat.n index bfd94ae..2fc1eee 100644 --- a/doc/msgcat.n +++ b/doc/msgcat.n @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH "msgcat" n 1.5 msgcat "Tcl Bundled Packages" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -13,29 +13,43 @@ msgcat \- Tcl message catalog .SH SYNOPSIS \fBpackage require Tcl 8.5\fR .sp -\fBpackage require msgcat 1.5\fR +\fBpackage require msgcat 1.6\fR .sp \fB::msgcat::mc \fIsrc-string\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .sp \fB::msgcat::mcmax ?\fIsrc-string src-string ...\fR? .sp +.VS "TIP 412" +\fB::msgcat::mcexists\fR ?\fB-exactnamespace\fR? ?\fB-exactlocale\fR? \fIsrc-string\fR +.VE "TIP 412" +.sp \fB::msgcat::mclocale \fR?\fInewLocale\fR? .sp \fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR .sp +.VS "TIP 412" +\fB::msgcat::mcloadedlocales subcommand\fR ?\fIlocale\fR? +.VE "TIP 412" +.sp \fB::msgcat::mcload \fIdirname\fR .sp \fB::msgcat::mcset \fIlocale src-string \fR?\fItranslate-string\fR? .sp \fB::msgcat::mcmset \fIlocale src-trans-list\fR .sp -.VS "TIP 404" \fB::msgcat::mcflset \fIsrc-string \fR?\fItranslate-string\fR? .sp \fB::msgcat::mcflmset \fIsrc-trans-list\fR -.VE "TIP 404" .sp \fB::msgcat::mcunknown \fIlocale src-string\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR? +.sp +.VS "TIP 412" +\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale subcommand\fR ?\fIlocale\fR? +.sp +\fB::msgcat::mcpackageconfig subcommand\fR \fIoption\fR ?\fIvalue\fR? +.sp +\fB::msgcat::mcforgetpackage\fR +.VE "TIP 412" .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP @@ -46,18 +60,23 @@ Text strings are defined in a which is independent from the application, and which can be edited or localized without modifying the application source code. New languages -or locales are provided by adding a new file to +or locales may be provided by adding a new file to the message catalog. .PP -Use of the message catalog is optional by any application -or package, but is encouraged if the application or package -wishes to be enabled for multi-lingual applications. +\fBmsgcat\fR distinguises packages by its namespace. +Each package has its own message catalog and configuration settings in \fBmsgcat\fR. +.PP +A \fIlocale\fR is a specification string describing a user language like \fBde_ch\fR for Swiss German. +In \fBmsgcat\fR, there is a global locale initialized by the system locale of the current system. +Each package may decide to use the global locale or to use a package specific locale. +.PP +The global locale may be changed on demand, for example by a user initiated language change or within a multi user application like a web server. .SH COMMANDS .TP \fB::msgcat::mc \fIsrc-string\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR? . Returns a translation of \fIsrc-string\fR according to the -user's current locale. If additional arguments past \fIsrc-string\fR +current locale. If additional arguments past \fIsrc-string\fR are given, the \fBformat\fR command is used to substitute the additional arguments in the translation of \fIsrc-string\fR. .RS @@ -84,6 +103,18 @@ of the longest translated string. This is useful when designing localized GUIs, which may require that all buttons, for example, be a fixed width (which will be the width of the widest button). .TP +\fB::msgcat::mcexists\fR ?\fB-exactnamespace\fR? ?\fB-exactlocale\fR? \fIsrc-string\fR +. +.VS "TIP 412" +Return true, if there is a translation for the given \fIsrc-string\fR. +.PP +.RS +The search may be limited by the option \fB\-exactnamespace\fR to only check the current namespace and not any parent namespaces. +.PP +It may also be limited by the option \fB\-exactlocale\fR to only check the first prefered locale (e.g. first element returned by \fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR if global locale is used). +.RE +.VE "TIP 412" +.TP \fB::msgcat::mclocale \fR?\fInewLocale\fR? . This function sets the locale to \fInewLocale\fR. If \fInewLocale\fR @@ -93,6 +124,13 @@ case-insensitive manner, and returns locales in lowercase. The initial locale is determined by the locale specified in the user's environment. See \fBLOCALE SPECIFICATION\fR below for a description of the locale string format. +.RS +.PP +.VS "TIP 412" +If the locale is set, the preference list of locales is evaluated. +Locales in this list are loaded now, if not jet loaded. +.VE "TIP 412" +.RE .TP \fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR . @@ -103,13 +141,26 @@ preference. The list is derived from the current locale set in msgcat by \fB::msgcat::mclocale\fR, and cannot be set independently. For example, if the current locale is en_US_funky, then \fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR -returns \fB{en_US_funky en_US en {}}\fR. +returns \fB{en_us_funky en_us en {}}\fR. +.TP +\fB::msgcat:mcloadedlocales subcommand\fR ?\fIlocale\fR? +. +This group of commands manage the list of loaded locales for packages not setting a package locale. +.PP +.RS +The subcommand \fBget\fR returns the list of currently loaded locales. +.PP +The subcommand \fBpresent\fR requires the argument \fIlocale\fR and returns true, if this locale is loaded. +.PP +The subcommand \fBclear\fR removes all locales and their data, which are not in the current preference list. +.RE .TP \fB::msgcat::mcload \fIdirname\fR . +.VS "TIP 412" Searches the specified directory for files that match -the language specifications returned by \fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR -(note that these are all lowercase), extended by the file extension +the language specifications returned by \fB::msgcat::mcloadedlocales get\fR +(or \fBmsgcat::mcpackagelocale preferences\fR if a package locale is set) (note that these are all lowercase), extended by the file extension .QW .msg . Each matching file is read in order, assuming a UTF-8 encoding. The file contents are @@ -118,6 +169,11 @@ may be present in the message file either directly in their UTF-8 encoded form, or by use of the backslash-u quoting recognized by Tcl evaluation. The number of message files which matched the specification and were loaded is returned. +.RS +.PP +In addition, the given folder is stored in the \fBmsgcat\fR package configuration option \fImcfolder\fR to eventually load message catalog files required by a locale change. +.VE "TIP 412" +.RE .TP \fB::msgcat::mcset \fIlocale src-string \fR?\fItranslate-string\fR? . @@ -138,16 +194,13 @@ faster than multiple invocations of \fB::msgcat::mcset\fR. The function returns the number of translations set. .TP \fB::msgcat::mcflset \fIsrc-string \fR?\fItranslate-string\fR? -.VS "TIP 404" Sets the translation for \fIsrc-string\fR to \fItranslate-string\fR in the current namespace for the locale implied by the name of the message catalog being loaded via \fB::msgcat::mcload\fR. If \fItranslate-string\fR is not specified, \fIsrc-string\fR is used for both. The function returns \fItranslate-string\fR. -.VE "TIP 404" .TP \fB::msgcat::mcflmset \fIsrc-trans-list\fR -.VS "TIP 404" Sets the translation for multiple source strings in \fIsrc-trans-list\fR in the current namespace for the locale implied by the name of the message catalog being loaded via \fB::msgcat::mcload\fR. \fIsrc-trans-list\fR must @@ -155,7 +208,6 @@ have an even number of elements and is in the form {\fIsrc-string translate-string\fR ?\fIsrc-string translate-string ...\fR?} \fB::msgcat::mcflmset\fR can be significantly faster than multiple invocations of \fB::msgcat::mcflset\fR. The function returns the number of translations set. -.VE "TIP 404" .TP \fB::msgcat::mcunknown \fIlocale src-string\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR? . @@ -168,7 +220,18 @@ application, for example to log error messages for each unknown string. The \fB::msgcat::mcunknown\fR procedure is invoked at the same stack context as the call to \fB::msgcat::mc\fR. The return value of \fB::msgcat::mcunknown\fR is used as the return value for the call -to \fB::msgcat::mc\fR. +to \fB::msgcat::mc\fR. +.VS "TIP 412" +.RS +.PP +Note that this routine is only called if the concerned package did not set a package locale unknown command name. +.RE +.TP +\fB::msgcat::mcforgetpackage\fR +. +The calling package clears all its state within the \fBmsgcat\fR package including all settings and translations. +.VE "TIP 412" +.PP .SH "LOCALE SPECIFICATION" .PP The locale is specified to \fBmsgcat\fR by a locale string @@ -196,7 +259,7 @@ language[_country][.codeset][@modifier] .CE .PP to extract its parts. The initial locale is then set by calling -\fB::msgcat::mclocale\fR with the argument +\fB::msgcat::mclocale\fR with the argument .PP .CS language[_country][_modifier] @@ -217,15 +280,15 @@ When a locale is specified by the user, a search is performed during string translation. For example, if a user specifies en_GB_Funky, the locales -.QW en_GB_Funky , -.QW en_GB , +.QW en_gb_funky , +.QW en_gb , .QW en and .MT (the empty string) are searched in order until a matching translation string is found. If no translation string is available, then -\fB::msgcat::mcunknown\fR is called. +the unknown handler is called. .SH "NAMESPACES AND MESSAGE CATALOGS" .PP Strings stored in the message catalog are stored relative @@ -321,7 +384,7 @@ the package. For example, a short \fBes.msg\fR might contain: .PP .CS namespace eval ::mypackage { - \fB::msgcat::mcflset\fR "Free Beer!" "Cerveza Gracias!" + \fB::msgcat::mcflset\fR "Free Beer" "Cerveza Gratis" } .CE .SH "RECOMMENDED MESSAGE SETUP FOR PACKAGES" @@ -373,6 +436,209 @@ formatting substitution is done directly. # ... where that key is mapped to one of the # human-oriented versions by \fBmsgcat::mcset\fR .CE +.VS "TIP 412" +.SH Package private locale +.PP +A package using \fBmsgcat\fR may choose to use its own package private +locale and its own set of loaded locales, independent to the global +locale set by \fB::msgcat::mclocale\fR. +.PP +This allows a package to change its locale without causing any locales load or removal in other packages and not to invoke the global locale change callback (see below). +.PP +This action is controled by the following ensemble: +.TP +\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale set\fR ?\fIlocale\fR? +. +Set or change a package private locale. +The package private locale is set to the given \fIlocale\fR if the \fIlocale\fR is given. +If the option \fIlocale\fR is not given, the package is set to package private locale mode, but no locale is changed (e.g. if the global locale was valid for the package before, it is copied to the package private locale). +.PP +.RS +This command may cause the load of locales. +.RE +.TP +\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale get\fR +. +Return the package private locale or the global locale, if no package private locale is set. +.TP +\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale preferences\fR +. +Return the package private preferences or the global preferences, +if no package private locale is set. +.TP +\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale loaded\fR +. +Return the list of locales loaded for this package. +.TP +\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale isset\fR +. +Returns true, if a package private locale is set. +.TP +\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale unset\fR +. +Unset the package private locale and use the globale locale. +Load and remove locales to adjust the list of loaded locales for the +package to the global loaded locales list. +.TP +\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale present\fR \fIlocale\fR +. +Returns true, if the given locale is loaded for the package. +.TP +\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale clear\fR +. +Clear any loaded locales of the package not present in the package preferences. +.PP +.SH Changing package options +.PP +Each package using msgcat has a set of options within \fBmsgcat\fR. +The package options are described in the next sectionPackage options. +Each package option may be set or unset individually using the following ensemble: +.TP +\fB::msgcat::mcpackageconfig get\fR \fIoption\fR +. +Return the current value of the given \fIoption\fR. +This call returns an error if the option is not set for the package. +.TP +\fB::msgcat::mcpackageconfig isset\fR \fIoption\fR +. +Returns 1, if the given \fIoption\fR is set for the package, 0 otherwise. +.TP +\fB::msgcat::mcpackageconfig set\fR \fIoption\fR \fIvalue\fR +. +Set the given \fIoption\fR to the given \fIvalue\fR. +This may invoke additional actions in dependency of the \fIoption\fR. +The return value is 0 or the number of loaded packages for the option \fBmcfolder\fR. +.TP +\fB::msgcat::mcpackageconfig unset\fR \fIoption\fR +. +Unsets the given \fIoption\fR for the package. +No action is taken if the \fIoption\fR is not set for the package. +The empty string is returned. +.SS Package options +.PP +The following package options are available for each package: +.TP +\fBmcfolder\fR +. +This is the message folder of the package. This option is set by mcload and by the subcommand set. Both are identical and both return the number of loaded message catalog files. +.RS +.PP +Setting or changing this value will load all locales contained in the preferences valid for the package. This implies also to invoke any set loadcmd (see below). +.PP +Unsetting this value will disable message file load for the package. +.RE +.TP +\fBloadcmd\fR +. +This callback is invoked before a set of message catalog files are loaded for the package which has this property set. +.PP +.RS +This callback may be used to do any preparation work for message file load or to get the message data from another source like a data base. In this case, no message files are used (mcfolder is unset). +.PP +See section \fBcallback invocation\fR below. +The parameter list appended to this callback is the list of locales to load. +.PP +If this callback is changed, it is called with the preferences valid for the package. +.RE +.TP +\fBchangecmd\fR +. +This callback is invoked when a default local change was performed. Its purpose is to allow a package to update any dependency on the default locale like showing the GUI in another language. +.PP +.RS +See the callback invocation section below. +The parameter list appended to this callback is \fBmcpreferences\fR. +The registered callbacks are invoked in no particular order. +.RE +.TP +\fBunknowncmd\fR +. +Use a package locale mcunknown procedure instead of the standard version supplied by the msgcat package (msgcat::mcunknown). +.PP +.RS +The called procedure must return the formatted message which will finally be returned by msgcat::mc. +.PP +A generic unknown handler is used if set to the empty string. This consists in returning the key if no arguments are given. With given arguments, format is used to process the arguments. +.PP +See section \fBcallback invocation\fR below. +The appended arguments are identical to \fB::msgcat::mcunknown\fR. +.RE +.SS Callback invocation +A package may decide to register one or multiple callbacks, as described above. +.PP +Callbacks are invoked, if: +.PP +1. the callback command is set, +.PP +2. the command is not the empty string, +.PP +3. the registering namespace exists. +.PP +If a called routine fails with an error, the \fBbgerror\fR routine for the interpreter is invoked after command completion. +Only exception is the callback \fBunknowncmd\fR, where an error causes the invoking \fBmc\fR-command to fail with that error. +.PP +.SS Examples +Packages which display a GUI may update their widgets when the global locale changes. +To register to a callback, use: +.CS +namespace eval gui { + msgcat::mcpackageconfig changecmd updateGUI + + proc updateGui args { + puts "New locale is '[lindex $args 0]'." + } +} +% msgcat::mclocale fr +fr +% New locale is 'fr'. +.CE +.PP +If locales (or additional locales) are contained in another source like a data base, a package may use the load callback and not mcload: +.CS +namespace eval db { + msgcat::mcpackageconfig loadcmd loadMessages + + proc loadMessages args { + foreach locale $args { + if {[LocaleInDB $locale]} { + msgcat::mcmset $locale [GetLocaleList $locale] + } + } + } +} +.CE +.PP +The \fBclock\fR command implementation uses \fBmsgcat\fR with a package locale to implement the command line parameter \fB-locale\fR. +Here are some sketches of the implementation: +.PP +First, a package locale is initialized and the generic unknown function is desactivated: +.CS +msgcat::mcpackagelocale set +msgcat::mcpackageconfig unknowncmd "" +.CE +As an example, the user requires the week day in a certain locale as follows: +.CS +clock format clock seconds -format %A -locale fr +.CE +\fBclock\fR sets the package locale to \fBfr\fR and looks for the day name as follows: +.CS +msgcat::mcpackagelocale set $locale +return [lindex [msgcat::mc DAYS_OF_WEEK_FULL] $day] +### Returns "mercredi" +.CE +Within \fBclock\fR, some message-catalog items are heavy in computation and thus are dynamically cached using: +.CS +proc ::tcl::clock::LocalizeFormat { locale format } { + set key FORMAT_$format + if { [::msgcat::mcexists -exactlocale -exactnamespace $key] } { + return [mc $key] + } + #...expensive computation of format clipped... + mcset $locale $key $format + return $format +} +.CE +.VE "TIP 412" .SH CREDITS .PP The message catalog code was developed by Mark Harrison. @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH my n 0.1 TclOO "TclOO Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ the \fBoo::object\fR class, which is not publicly visible by default: oo::class create c { method count {} { \fBmy\fR variable counter - print [incr counter] + puts [incr counter] } } c create o diff --git a/doc/namespace.n b/doc/namespace.n index f2812b2..1f4e85f 100644 --- a/doc/namespace.n +++ b/doc/namespace.n @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH namespace n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH next n 0.1 TclOO "TclOO Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -62,14 +62,14 @@ The method chain is cached for future use. When constructing the method chain, method implementations are searched for in the following order: .IP [1] -In the object. -.IP [2] In the classes mixed into the object, in class traversal order. The list of mixins is checked in natural order. -.IP [3] +.IP [2] In the classes mixed into the classes of the object, with sources of mixing in being searched in class traversal order. Within each class, the list of mixins is processed in natural order. +.IP [3] +In the object itself. .IP [4] In the object's class. .IP [5] @@ -77,7 +77,10 @@ In the superclasses of the class, following each superclass in a depth-first fashion in the natural order of the superclass list. .PP Any particular method implementation always comes as \fIlate\fR in the -resulting list of implementations as possible. +resulting list of implementations as possible; this means that if some class, +A, is both mixed into a class, B, and is also a superclass of B, the instances +of B will always treat A as a superclass from the perspective of inheritance. +This is true even when the multiple inheritance is processed indirectly. .SS FILTERS .PP When an object has a list of filter names set upon it, or is an instance of a @@ -93,9 +96,11 @@ forward to the proper implementation of the method (which it does by invoking the \fBnext\fR command as filters are inserted into the front of the method call chain) and is responsible for returning the result of \fBnext\fR. .PP -Filters are not invoked when processing an invocation of the \fBunknown\fR -method because of a failure to locate a method implementation, or when -invoking either constructors or destructors. +Filters are invoked when processing an invokation of the \fBunknown\fR +method because of a failure to locate a method implementation, but \fInot\fR +when invoking either constructors or destructors. (Note however that the +\fBdestroy\fR method is a conventional method, and filters are invoked as +normal when it is called.) .SH EXAMPLES .PP This example demonstrates how to use the \fBnext\fR command to call the @@ -117,7 +122,7 @@ oo::class create theSubclass { } } theSubclass create obj -oo::define obj method example args { +oo::objdefine obj method example args { puts "per-object method, args = $args" \fBnext\fR x {*}$args y \fBnext\fR @@ -171,7 +176,7 @@ oo::class create cache { } oo::object create demo -oo::define demo { +oo::objdefine demo { mixin cache method compute {a b c} { after 3000 \fI;# Simulate deep thought\fR diff --git a/doc/object.n b/doc/object.n index 6737e7e..df657a9 100644 --- a/doc/object.n +++ b/doc/object.n @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH object n 0.1 TclOO "TclOO Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH open n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Set the initial access position to the end of the file. All of the legal \fIaccess\fR values above may have the character \fBb\fR added as the second or third character in the value to indicate that the opened channel should be configured as if with the -\fBfconfigure\fR \fB\-translation binary\fR option, making the channel suitable for +\fBfconfigure\fR \fB\-translation binary\fR option, making the channel suitable for reading or writing of binary data. .PP In the second form, \fIaccess\fR consists of a list of any of the @@ -361,63 +361,28 @@ may cause this error. A BREAK condition has been detected by your UART (see above). .SH "PORTABILITY ISSUES" .TP -\fBWindows \fR(all versions) +\fBWindows \fR . Valid values for \fIfileName\fR to open a serial port are of the form -\fBcom\fIX\fB:\fR, where \fIX\fR is a number, generally from 1 to 4. -This notation only works for serial ports from 1 to 9, if the system -happens to have more than four. An attempt to open a serial port that +\fBcom\fIX\fB\fR, where \fIX\fR is a number, generally from 1 to 9. +A legacy form accepted as well is \fBcom\fIX\fB:\fR. This notation only +works for serial ports from 1 to 9. An attempt to open a serial port that does not exist or has a number greater than 9 will fail. An alternate -form of opening serial ports is to use the filename \fB\e\e.\ecomX\fR, -where X is any number that corresponds to a serial port; please note -that this method is considerably slower on Windows 95 and Windows 98. -.TP -\fBWindows NT\fR -. +form of opening serial ports is to use the filename \fB//./comX\fR, +where X is any number that corresponds to a serial port. +.PP +.RS When running Tcl interactively, there may be some strange interactions between the real console, if one is present, and a command pipeline that uses standard input or output. If a command pipeline is opened for reading, some of the lines entered at the console will be sent to the command pipeline and some will be sent to the Tcl evaluator. If a command pipeline is opened for writing, keystrokes entered into the console are not visible until the -pipe is closed. This behavior occurs whether the command pipeline is -executing 16-bit or 32-bit applications. These problems only occur because -both Tcl and the child application are competing for the console at -the same time. If the command pipeline is started from a script, so that Tcl -is not accessing the console, or if the command pipeline does not use -standard input or output, but is redirected from or to a file, then the -above problems do not occur. -.TP -\fBWindows 95\fR -. -A command pipeline that executes a 16-bit DOS application cannot be opened -for both reading and writing, since 16-bit DOS applications that receive -standard input from a pipe and send standard output to a pipe run -synchronously. Command pipelines that do not execute 16-bit DOS -applications run asynchronously and can be opened for both reading and -writing. -.RS -.PP -When running Tcl interactively, there may be some strange interactions -between the real console, if one is present, and a command pipeline that uses -standard input or output. If a command pipeline is opened for reading from -a 32-bit application, some of the keystrokes entered at the console will be -sent to the command pipeline and some will be sent to the Tcl evaluator. If -a command pipeline is opened for writing to a 32-bit application, no output -is visible on the console until the pipe is closed. These problems only -occur because both Tcl and the child application are competing for the -console at the same time. If the command pipeline is started from a script, -so that Tcl is not accessing the console, or if the command pipeline does -not use standard input or output, but is redirected from or to a file, then -the above problems do not occur. -.PP -Whether or not Tcl is running interactively, if a command pipeline is opened -for reading from a 16-bit DOS application, the call to \fBopen\fR will not -return until end-of-file has been received from the command pipeline's -standard output. If a command pipeline is opened for writing to a 16-bit DOS -application, no data will be sent to the command pipeline's standard output -until the pipe is actually closed. This problem occurs because 16-bit DOS -applications are run synchronously, as described above. +pipe is closed. These problems only occur because both Tcl and the child +application are competing for the console at the same time. If the command +pipeline is started from a script, so that Tcl is not accessing the console, +or if the command pipeline does not use standard input or output, but is +redirected from or to a file, then the above problems do not occur. .RE .TP \fBUnix\fR\0\0\0\0\0\0\0 @@ -437,7 +402,7 @@ some will be sent to the Tcl evaluator. This problem only occurs because both Tcl and the child application are competing for the console at the same time. If the command pipeline is started from a script, so that Tcl is not accessing the console, or if the command pipeline does not use standard -input, but is redirected from a file, then the above problem does not occur. +input, but is redirected from a file, then the above problem does not occur. .RE .PP See the \fBPORTABILITY ISSUES\fR section of the \fBexec\fR command for diff --git a/doc/package.n b/doc/package.n index 6cf8991..a6a972f 100644 --- a/doc/package.n +++ b/doc/package.n @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH package n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ provided by a previous \fBpackage provide\fR command. If the \fIversion\fR argument is omitted, then the command returns the version number that is currently provided, or an empty string if no \fBpackage provide\fR command has been -invoked for \fIpackage\fR in this interpreter. +invoked for \fIpackage\fR in this interpreter. .TP \fBpackage require \fR\fIpackage \fR?\fIrequirement...\fR? . diff --git a/doc/packagens.n b/doc/packagens.n index 30617a3..61e7eca 100644 --- a/doc/packagens.n +++ b/doc/packagens.n @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. '\" -.so man.macros .TH pkg::create n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH pid n 7.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/pkgMkIndex.n b/doc/pkgMkIndex.n index 2753208..ec39be9 100644 --- a/doc/pkgMkIndex.n +++ b/doc/pkgMkIndex.n @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH pkg_mkIndex n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ interpreter and seeing what packages and new commands appear (this is why it is essential to have \fBpackage provide\fR commands or \fBTcl_PkgProvide\fR calls in the files, as described above). -If you have a package split among scripts and binary files, +If you have a package split among scripts and binary files, or if you have dependencies among files, you may have to use the \fB\-load\fR option or adjust the order in which \fBpkg_mkIndex\fR processes @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ version control: several versions of a package can be made available in the index files, with different applications using different versions based on \fBpackage require\fR commands. In contrast, \fBauto_mkindex\fR does not understand versions so -it can only handle a single version of each package. +it can only handle a single version of each package. It is probably not a good idea to index a given package with both \fBpkg_mkIndex\fR and \fBauto_mkindex\fR. If you use \fBpkg_mkIndex\fR to index a package, its commands cannot diff --git a/doc/platform.n b/doc/platform.n index 1553698..6abc289 100644 --- a/doc/platform.n +++ b/doc/platform.n @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH "platform" n 1.0.4 platform "Tcl Bundled Packages" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/platform_shell.n b/doc/platform_shell.n index eef4d4e..64a2e46 100644 --- a/doc/platform_shell.n +++ b/doc/platform_shell.n @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH "platform::shell" n 1.1.4 platform::shell "Tcl Bundled Packages" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/prefix.n b/doc/prefix.n index eb79996..344ade7 100644 --- a/doc/prefix.n +++ b/doc/prefix.n @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH prefix n 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH proc n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -32,10 +32,10 @@ elements specifies one argument. Each argument specifier is also a list with either one or two fields. If there is only a single field in the specifier then it is the name of the argument; if there are two fields, then -the first is the argument name and the second is its default value. +the first is the argument name and the second is its default value. Arguments with default values that are followed by non-defaulted -arguments become required arguments. In 8.6 this will be considered an -error. +arguments become required arguments. In 8.6 this will be considered an +error. .PP When \fIname\fR is invoked a local variable will be created for each of the formal arguments to the procedure; its @@ -46,9 +46,9 @@ Arguments with default values need not be specified in a procedure invocation. However, there must be enough actual arguments for all the formal arguments that do not have defaults, and there must not be any extra -actual arguments. +actual arguments. Arguments with default values that are followed by non-defaulted -arguments become required arguments (in 8.6 it will be considered an +arguments become required arguments (in 8.6 it will be considered an error). There is one special case to permit procedures with variable numbers of arguments. If the last formal argument has the name @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ When \fIbody\fR is being executed, variable names normally refer to local variables, which are created automatically when referenced and deleted when the procedure returns. One local variable is automatically created for each of the procedure's arguments. -Other variables can only be accessed by invoking one of the \fBglobal\fR, +Other variables can only be accessed by invoking one of the \fBglobal\fR, \fBvariable\fR, \fBupvar\fR or \fBnamespace upvar\fR commands. The current namespace when \fIbody\fR is executed will be the namespace that the procedure's name exists in, which will be the @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH puts n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH pwd n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/re_syntax.n b/doc/re_syntax.n index 46a180d..7988071 100644 --- a/doc/re_syntax.n +++ b/doc/re_syntax.n @@ -683,9 +683,33 @@ earlier in the RE taking priority over ones starting later. Note that outer subexpressions thus take priority over their component subexpressions. .PP -Note that the quantifiers \fB{1,1}\fR and \fB{1,1}?\fR can be used to +The quantifiers \fB{1,1}\fR and \fB{1,1}?\fR can be used to force longest and shortest preference, respectively, on a subexpression or a whole RE. +.RS +.PP +\fBNOTE:\fR This means that you can usually make a RE be non-greedy overall by +putting \fB{1,1}?\fR after one of the first non-constraint atoms or +parenthesized sub-expressions in it. \fIIt pays to experiment\fR with the +placing of this non-greediness override on a suitable range of input texts +when you are writing a RE if you are using this level of complexity. +.PP +For example, this regular expression is non-greedy, and will match the +shortest substring possible given that +.QW \fBabc\fR +will be matched as early as possible (the quantifier does not change that): +.PP +.CS +ab{1,1}?c.*x.*cba +.CE +.PP +The atom +.QW \fBa\fR +has no greediness preference, we explicitly give one for +.QW \fBb\fR , +and the remaining quantifiers are overridden to be non-greedy by the preceding +non-greedy quantifier. +.RE .PP Match lengths are measured in characters, not collating elements. An empty string is considered longer than no match at all. For example, @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH read n 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -58,12 +58,12 @@ configured to be nonblocking: \fBfconfigure\fI channelId \fB\-blocking \fI0\fR. Then \fBread\fR behaves much like described above. Care must be taken when using \fBread\fR on blocking serial ports: .TP -\fBread \fIchannelId numChars\fR +\fBread \fIchannelId numChars\fR . In this form \fBread\fR blocks until \fInumChars\fR have been received from the serial port. .TP -\fBread \fIchannelId\fR +\fBread \fIchannelId\fR . In this form \fBread\fR blocks until the reception of the end-of-file character, see \fBfconfigure\fR \fB\-eofchar\fR. If there no end-of-file diff --git a/doc/refchan.n b/doc/refchan.n index a51c3d7..2232d50 100644 --- a/doc/refchan.n +++ b/doc/refchan.n @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH refchan n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS .\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/regexp.n b/doc/regexp.n index 5e857f8..6f303a4 100644 --- a/doc/regexp.n +++ b/doc/regexp.n @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH regexp n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ the \fB(?x)\fR embedded option (see the \fBre_syntax\fR manual page). .TP 15 \fB\-indices\fR . -Changes what is stored in the \fIsubMatchVar\fRs. +Changes what is stored in the \fImatchVar\fR and \fIsubMatchVar\fRs. Instead of storing the matching characters from \fIstring\fR, each variable will contain a list of two decimal strings giving the indices @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ regular expression. Examples are: \fB\-start\fR \fIindex\fR . Specifies a character index offset into the string to start -matching the regular expression at. +matching the regular expression at. The \fIindex\fR value is interpreted in the same manner as the \fIindex\fR argument to \fBstring index\fR. When using this switch, diff --git a/doc/registry.n b/doc/registry.n index 2e69b1e..001def9 100644 --- a/doc/registry.n +++ b/doc/registry.n @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH registry n 1.1 registry "Tcl Bundled Packages" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/regsub.n b/doc/regsub.n index fe473d9..a5b79de 100644 --- a/doc/regsub.n +++ b/doc/regsub.n @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH regsub n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ by \fIsubSpec\fR use the original unconverted form of \fIstring\fR. \fB\-start\fR \fIindex\fR . Specifies a character index offset into the string to start -matching the regular expression at. +matching the regular expression at. The \fIindex\fR value is interpreted in the same manner as the \fIindex\fR argument to \fBstring index\fR. When using this switch, diff --git a/doc/rename.n b/doc/rename.n index 77dc095..744bf5a 100644 --- a/doc/rename.n +++ b/doc/rename.n @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH rename n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/return.n b/doc/return.n index a1abccf..ea590ea 100644 --- a/doc/return.n +++ b/doc/return.n @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH return n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ return \- Return from a procedure, or set return code of a script In its simplest usage, the \fBreturn\fR command is used without options in the body of a procedure to immediately return control to the caller of the procedure. If a \fIresult\fR argument is provided, its value -becomes the result of the procedure passed back to the caller. +becomes the result of the procedure passed back to the caller. If \fIresult\fR is not specified then an empty string will be returned to the caller as the result of the procedure. .PP @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ is meant to be additional information about the error, presented as a Tcl list for further processing by programs. If no \fB\-errorcode\fR option is provided to \fBreturn\fR when the \fB\-code error\fR option is provided, Tcl will set the value -of the \fB\-errorcode\fR entry in the return options dictionary +of the \fB\-errorcode\fR entry in the return options dictionary to the default value of \fBNONE\fR. The \fB\-errorcode\fR return option will also be stored in the global variable \fBerrorCode\fR. .TP @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ The \fB\-errorinfo\fR option receives special treatment only when the value of the \fB\-code\fR option is \fBTCL_ERROR\fR. Then \fIinfo\fR is the initial stack trace, meant to provide to a human reader additional information about the context in which the error occurred. The stack trace will -also be stored in the global variable \fBerrorInfo\fR. +also be stored in the global variable \fBerrorInfo\fR. If no \fB\-errorinfo\fR option is provided to \fBreturn\fR when the \fB\-code error\fR option is provided, Tcl will provide its own initial stack trace value in the entry for \fB\-errorinfo\fR. Tcl's @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ their documented interpretation in loops. .PP Procedure invocation also involves evaluation of a script, the body of the procedure. Procedure invocation provides special treatment -when evaluation of the procedure body returns the return code +when evaluation of the procedure body returns the return code \fBTCL_RETURN\fR. In that circumstance, the \fB\-level\fR entry in the return options dictionary is decremented. If after decrementing, the value of the \fB\-level\fR entry is 0, then the value of @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ procedure, interrupting the procedure body. .CS proc printOneLine {} { puts "line 1" ;# This line will be printed. - \fBreturn\fR + \fBreturn\fR puts "line 2" ;# This line will not be printed. } .CE @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH "Safe Tcl" n 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ No knowledge of the file system structure is leaked to the safe interpreter, because it has access only to a virtualized path containing tokens. When the safe interpreter requests to source a file, it uses the token in the virtual path as part of the file name to source; the -master interpreter transparently -translates the token into a real directory name and executes the +master interpreter transparently +translates the token into a real directory name and executes the requested operation (see the section \fBSECURITY\fR below for details). Different levels of security can be selected by using the optional flags of the commands described below. @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ other means, like \fBinterp create\fR \fB\-safe\fR. \fB::safe::interpConfigure\fR \fIslave\fR ?\fIoptions...\fR? If no \fIoptions\fR are given, returns the settings for all options for the named safe interpreter as a list of options and their current values -for that \fIslave\fR. +for that \fIslave\fR. If a single additional argument is provided, it will return a list of 2 elements \fIname\fR and \fIvalue\fR where \fIname\fR is the full name of that option and \fIvalue\fR the current value @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ safe::interpConfigure $i0 \-delete {foo bar} \-statics 0 .RE .TP \fB::safe::interpDelete\fR \fIslave\fR -Deletes the safe interpreter and cleans up the corresponding +Deletes the safe interpreter and cleans up the corresponding master interpreter data structures. If a \fIdeleteHook\fR script was specified for this interpreter it is evaluated before the interpreter is deleted, with the name of the @@ -175,26 +175,26 @@ ERROR for slave interp10 : /foo/bar/init.tcl: no such file or directory .CE .RE .SS OPTIONS -The following options are common to -\fB::safe::interpCreate\fR, \fB::safe::interpInit\fR, +The following options are common to +\fB::safe::interpCreate\fR, \fB::safe::interpInit\fR, and \fB::safe::interpConfigure\fR. -Any option name can be abbreviated to its minimal +Any option name can be abbreviated to its minimal non-ambiguous name. Option names are not case sensitive. -.TP +.TP \fB\-accessPath\fR \fIdirectoryList\fR This option sets the list of directories from which the safe interpreter can \fBsource\fR and \fBload\fR files. If this option is not specified, or if it is given as the empty list, the safe interpreter will use the same directories as its master for auto-loading. -See the section \fBSECURITY\fR below for more detail about virtual paths, +See the section \fBSECURITY\fR below for more detail about virtual paths, tokens and access control. .TP \fB\-statics\fR \fIboolean\fR This option specifies if the safe interpreter will be allowed to load statically linked packages (like \fBload {} Tk\fR). -The default value is \fBtrue\fR : +The default value is \fBtrue\fR : safe interpreters are allowed to load statically linked packages. .TP \fB\-noStatics\fR @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ to load statically linked packages. \fB\-nested\fR \fIboolean\fR This option specifies if the safe interpreter will be allowed to load packages into its own sub-interpreters. -The default value is \fBfalse\fR : +The default value is \fBfalse\fR : safe interpreters are not allowed to load packages into their own sub-interpreters. .TP @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ their own sub-interpreters. This option is a convenience shortcut for \fB\-nested true\fR and thus specifies the safe interpreter will be allowed to load packages into its own sub-interpreters. -.TP +.TP \fB\-deleteHook\fR \fIscript\fR When this option is given a non-empty \fIscript\fR, it will be evaluated in the master with the name of @@ -286,17 +286,17 @@ This virtual path system is maintained in the master interpreter for each safe interpreter created by \fB::safe::interpCreate\fR or initialized by \fB::safe::interpInit\fR and the path maps tokens accessible in the safe interpreter into real path -names on the local file system thus preventing safe interpreters +names on the local file system thus preventing safe interpreters from gaining knowledge about the structure of the file system of the host on which the interpreter is executing. The only valid file names arguments for the \fBsource\fR and \fBload\fR aliases provided to the slave -are path in the form of +are path in the form of \fB[file join \fItoken filename\fB]\fR (i.e. when using the native file path formats: \fItoken\fB/\fIfilename\fR on Unix and \fItoken\fB\e\fIfilename\fR on Windows), -where \fItoken\fR is representing one of the directories +where \fItoken\fR is representing one of the directories of the \fIaccessPath\fR list and \fIfilename\fR is one file in that directory (no sub directories access are allowed). .PP @@ -323,25 +323,25 @@ list will be assigned a token that will be set in the slave \fBauto_path\fR and the first element of that list will be set as the \fBtcl_library\fR for that slave. .PP -If the access path argument is not given or is the empty list, +If the access path argument is not given or is the empty list, the default behavior is to let the slave access the same packages -as the master has access to (Or to be more precise: +as the master has access to (Or to be more precise: only packages written in Tcl (which by definition cannot be dangerous as they run in the slave interpreter) and C extensions that -provides a _SafeInit entry point). For that purpose, the master's -\fBauto_path\fR will be used to construct the slave access path. +provides a _SafeInit entry point). For that purpose, the master's +\fBauto_path\fR will be used to construct the slave access path. In order that the slave successfully loads the Tcl library files (which includes the auto-loading mechanism itself) the \fBtcl_library\fR will be -added or moved to the first position if necessary, in the +added or moved to the first position if necessary, in the slave access path, so the slave \fBtcl_library\fR will be the same as the master's (its real -path will still be invisible to the slave though). +path will still be invisible to the slave though). In order that auto-loading works the same for the slave and the master in this by default case, the first-level sub directories of each directory in the master \fBauto_path\fR will also be added (if not already included) to the slave access path. You can always specify a more -restrictive path for which sub directories will never be searched by +restrictive path for which sub directories will never be searched by explicitly specifying your directory list with the \fB\-accessPath\fR flag instead of relying on this default mechanism. .PP @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH scan n 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ performed. If the next character in \fIformat\fR is a blank or tab then it matches any number of white space characters in \fIstring\fR (including zero). -Otherwise, if it is not a \fB%\fR character then it +Otherwise, if it is not a \fB%\fR character then it must match the next character of \fIstring\fR. When a \fB%\fR is encountered in \fIformat\fR, it indicates the start of a conversion specifier. @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ The fields that are present must appear in the order given above. When \fBscan\fR finds a conversion specifier in \fIformat\fR, it first skips any white-space characters in \fIstring\fR (unless the conversion character is \fB[\fR or \fBc\fR). -Then it converts the next input characters according to the +Then it converts the next input characters according to the conversion specifier and stores the result in the variable given by the next argument to \fBscan\fR. .SS "OPTIONAL POSITIONAL SPECIFIER" @@ -95,11 +95,11 @@ truncated as required by the size modifier value. .TP \fBo\fR . -The input substring must be an octal integer. It is read in and the +The input substring must be an octal integer. It is read in and the integer value is stored in the variable, truncated as required by the size modifier value. .TP -\fBx\fR +\fBx\fR or \fBX\fR . The input substring must be a hexadecimal integer. It is read in and the integer value is stored in the variable, @@ -130,22 +130,22 @@ truncated as required by the size modifier value. .TP \fBc\fR . -A single character is read in and its Unicode value is stored in +A single character is read in and its Unicode value is stored in the variable as an integer value. Initial white space is not skipped in this case, so the input substring may be a white-space character. .TP \fBs\fR . -The input substring consists of all the characters up to the next +The input substring consists of all the characters up to the next white-space character; the characters are copied to the variable. .TP -\fBe\fR or \fBf\fR or \fBg\fR +\fBe\fR or \fBf\fR or \fBg\fR or \fBE\fR or \fBG\fR . -The input substring must be a floating-point number consisting +The input substring must be a floating-point number consisting of an optional sign, a string of decimal digits possibly -containing a decimal point, and an optional exponent consisting -of an \fBe\fR or \fBE\fR followed by an optional sign and a string of +containing a decimal point, and an optional exponent consisting +of an \fBe\fR or \fBE\fR followed by an optional sign and a string of decimal digits. It is read in and stored in the variable as a floating-point value. .TP @@ -166,8 +166,8 @@ it is treated as part of \fIchars\fR rather than indicating a range. . The input substring consists of one or more characters not in \fIchars\fR. The matching string is stored in the variable. -If the character immediately following the \fB^\fR is a \fB]\fR then it is -treated as part of the set rather than the closing bracket for +If the character immediately following the \fB^\fR is a \fB]\fR then it is +treated as part of the set rather than the closing bracket for the set. If \fIchars\fR contains a sequence of the form \fIa\fB\-\fIb\fR then any @@ -183,12 +183,12 @@ of characters scanned from the input string so far is stored in the variable. .PP The number of characters read from the input for a conversion is the largest number that makes sense for that particular conversion (e.g. -as many decimal digits as possible for \fB%d\fR, as +as many decimal digits as possible for \fB%d\fR, as many octal digits as possible for \fB%o\fR, and so on). The input substring for a given conversion terminates either when a -white-space character is encountered or when the maximum substring +white-space character is encountered or when the maximum substring width has been reached, whichever comes first. -If a \fB*\fR is present in the conversion specifier +If a \fB*\fR is present in the conversion specifier then no variable is assigned and the next scan argument is not consumed. .SH "DIFFERENCES FROM ANSI SSCANF" .PP @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH seek n 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH self n 0.1 TclOO "TclOO Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH set n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -29,14 +29,14 @@ Otherwise \fIvarName\fR refers to a scalar variable. If \fIvarName\fR includes namespace qualifiers (in the array name if it refers to an array element), or if \fIvarName\fR is unqualified (does not include the names of any containing namespaces) -but no procedure is active, +but no procedure is active, \fIvarName\fR refers to a namespace variable resolved according to the rules described under \fBNAME RESOLUTION\fR in the \fBnamespace\fR manual page. .PP If a procedure is active and \fIvarName\fR is unqualified, then \fIvarName\fR refers to a parameter or local variable of the procedure, -unless \fIvarName\fR was declared to resolve differently through one of the +unless \fIvarName\fR was declared to resolve differently through one of the \fBglobal\fR, \fBvariable\fR or \fBupvar\fR commands. .SH EXAMPLES .PP diff --git a/doc/socket.n b/doc/socket.n index 0a60457..3efdb37 100644 --- a/doc/socket.n +++ b/doc/socket.n @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH socket n 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -97,6 +97,10 @@ writable channel event on the socket to get notified when the asynchronous connection has succeeded or failed. See the \fBvwait\fR and the \fBchan\fR commands for more details on the event loop and channel events. +.PP +The \fBchan configure\fR option \fB-connecting\fR may be used to check if the connect is still running. To verify a successful connect, the option \fB-error\fR may be checked when \fB-connecting\fR returned 0. +.PP +Operation without the event queue requires at the moment calls to \fBchan configure\fR to advance the internal state machine. .RE .SH "SERVER SOCKETS" .PP @@ -186,6 +190,10 @@ sockets, this option returns a list of three elements; these are the address, the host name and the port to which the peer socket is connected or bound. If the host name cannot be computed, the second element of the list is identical to the address, its first element. +.TP +\fB\-connecting\fR +. +This option is not supported by server sockets. For client sockets, this option returns 1 if an asyncroneous connect is still in progress, 0 otherwise. .PP .SH "EXAMPLES" .PP diff --git a/doc/source.n b/doc/source.n index 57a9fa2..67d4b6b 100644 --- a/doc/source.n +++ b/doc/source.n @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH source n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -43,6 +43,8 @@ or which will be safely substituted by the Tcl interpreter into .QW ^Z . .PP +A leading BOM (Byte order mark) contained in the file is ignored for unicode encodings (utf-8, unicode). +.PP The \fB\-encoding\fR option is used to specify the encoding of the data stored in \fIfileName\fR. When the \fB\-encoding\fR option is omitted, the system encoding is assumed. diff --git a/doc/split.n b/doc/split.n index e3259df..f1c66d0 100644 --- a/doc/split.n +++ b/doc/split.n @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH split n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/string.n b/doc/string.n index 351c865..00ce85c 100644 --- a/doc/string.n +++ b/doc/string.n @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ .\" .\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution .\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -.\" -.so man.macros +.\" .TH string n 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS .\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -19,6 +19,21 @@ string \- Manipulate strings Performs one of several string operations, depending on \fIoption\fR. The legal \fIoption\fRs (which may be abbreviated) are: .TP +\fBstring cat\fR ?\fIstring1\fR? ?\fIstring2...\fR? +.VS 8.6.2 +Concatenate the given \fIstring\fRs just like placing them directly +next to each other and return the resulting compound string. If no +\fIstring\fRs are present, the result is an empty string. +.RS +.PP +This primitive is occasionally handier than juxtaposition of strings +when mixed quoting is wanted, or when the aim is to return the result +of a concatenation without resorting to \fBreturn\fR \fB\-level 0\fR, +and is more efficient than building a list of arguments and using +\fBjoin\fR with an empty join string. +.RE +.VE +.TP \fBstring compare\fR ?\fB\-nocase\fR? ?\fB\-length\fI length\fR? \fIstring1 string2\fR . Perform a character-by-character comparison of strings \fIstring1\fR @@ -131,8 +146,9 @@ Any Unicode printing character, including space. .IP \fBpunct\fR 12 Any Unicode punctuation character. .IP \fBspace\fR 12 -Any Unicode whitespace character, zero width space (U+200b), -word joiner (U+2060) and zero width no-break space (U+feff) (=BOM). +Any Unicode whitespace character, mongolian vowel separator +(U+180e), zero width space (U+200b), word joiner (U+2060) or +zero width no-break space (U+feff) (=BOM). .IP \fBtrue\fR 12 Any of the forms allowed to \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR where the value is true. @@ -343,10 +359,13 @@ misleading. \fBstring bytelength \fIstring\fR . Returns a decimal string giving the number of bytes used to represent -\fIstring\fR in memory. Because UTF\-8 uses one to three bytes to -represent Unicode characters, the byte length will not be the same as -the character length in general. The cases where a script cares about -the byte length are rare. +\fIstring\fR in memory when encoded as Tcl's internal modified UTF\-8; +Tcl may use other encodings for \fIstring\fR as well, and does not +guarantee to only use a single encoding for a particular \fIstring\fR. +Because UTF\-8 uses a variable number of bytes to represent Unicode +characters, the byte length will not be the same as the character +length in general. The cases where a script cares about the byte +length are rare. .RS .PP In almost all cases, you should use the @@ -354,10 +373,27 @@ In almost all cases, you should use the Tcl byte array value). Refer to the \fBTcl_NumUtfChars\fR manual entry for more details on the UTF\-8 representation. .PP +Formally, the \fBstring bytelength\fR operation returns the content of +the \fIlength\fR field of the \fBTcl_Obj\fR structure, after calling +\fBTcl_GetString\fR to ensure that the \fIbytes\fR field is populated. +This is highly unlikely to be useful to Tcl scripts, as Tcl's internal +encoding is not strict UTF\-8, but rather a modified CESU\-8 with a +denormalized NUL (identical to that used in a number of places by +Java's serialization mechanism) to enable basic processing with +non-Unicode-aware C functions. As this representation should only +ever be used by Tcl's implementation, the number of bytes used to +store the representation is of very low value (except to C extension +code, which has direct access for the purpose of memory management, +etc.) +.PP \fICompatibility note:\fR it is likely that this subcommand will be withdrawn in a future version of Tcl. It is better to use the \fBencoding convertto\fR command to convert a string to a known encoding and then apply \fBstring length\fR to that. +.PP +.CS +\fBstring length\fR [encoding convertto utf-8 $theString] +.CE .RE .TP \fBstring wordend \fIstring charIndex\fR @@ -407,7 +443,7 @@ would refer to the in .QW abcd ). .IP \fIM\fB+\fIN\fR 10 -The char specified at the integral index that is the sum of +The char specified at the integral index that is the sum of integer values \fIM\fR and \fIN\fR (e.g., .QW \fB1+1\fR would refer to the @@ -415,7 +451,7 @@ would refer to the in .QW abcd ). .IP \fIM\fB\-\fIN\fR 10 -The char specified at the integral index that is the difference of +The char specified at the integral index that is the difference of integer values \fIM\fR and \fIN\fR (e.g., .QW \fB2\-1\fR would refer to the diff --git a/doc/subst.n b/doc/subst.n index aba2bc9..4518140 100644 --- a/doc/subst.n +++ b/doc/subst.n @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH subst n 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ For example, if \fB\-nocommands\fR is specified, command substitution is not performed: open and close brackets are treated as ordinary characters with no special interpretation. .PP -Note that the substitution of one kind can include substitution of +Note that the substitution of one kind can include substitution of other kinds. For example, even when the \fB\-novariables\fR option is specified, command substitution is performed without restriction. This means that any variable substitution necessary to complete the diff --git a/doc/switch.n b/doc/switch.n index acde6cb..6e27f56 100644 --- a/doc/switch.n +++ b/doc/switch.n @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH switch n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/tailcall.n b/doc/tailcall.n index 6a88aca..926c608 100644 --- a/doc/tailcall.n +++ b/doc/tailcall.n @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH tailcall n 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/tclsh.1 b/doc/tclsh.1 index dfc2635..6ed5eb6 100644 --- a/doc/tclsh.1 +++ b/doc/tclsh.1 @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH tclsh 1 "" Tcl "Tcl Applications" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/tcltest.n b/doc/tcltest.n index 731bed7..05c1922 100644 --- a/doc/tcltest.n +++ b/doc/tcltest.n @@ -7,9 +7,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH "tcltest" n 2.3 tcltest "Tcl Bundled Packages" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ all \fIoption\fRs begin with .TP \fBloadTestedCommands\fR . -Evaluates in the caller's context the script specified by +Evaluates in the caller's context the script specified by \fBconfigure \-load\fR or \fBconfigure \-loadfile\fR. Returns the result of that script evaluation, including any error raised by the script. Use this command and the related @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ test, typically test failure messages. Good \fIdescription\fR values should briefly explain the purpose of the test to users of a test suite. The name of a Tcl or C function being tested should be included in the description for regression tests. If the test case exists to reproduce -a bug, include the bug ID in the description. +a bug, include the bug ID in the description. .PP Valid attributes and associated values are: .TP @@ -508,8 +508,8 @@ should be accomplished by the \fB\-constraints\fR option, not by conditional evaluation of \fBtest\fR. In that way, the same number of tests are always reported by the test suite, though the number skipped may change based on the testing environment. -The default value is an empty list. -See \fBTEST CONSTRAINTS\fR below for a list of built-in constraints +The default value is an empty list. +See \fBTEST CONSTRAINTS\fR below for a list of built-in constraints and information on how to add your own constraints. .TP \fB\-setup \fIscript\fR @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ is an empty script. .TP \fB\-body \fIscript\fR . -The \fB\-body\fR attribute indicates the \fIscript\fR to run to carry out the +The \fB\-body\fR attribute indicates the \fIscript\fR to run to carry out the test, which must return a result that can be checked for correctness. If evaluation of \fIscript\fR raises an error, the test will fail (unless the \fB\-returnCodes\fR option is used to state that an error @@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ processed for comparison. \fB\-errorOutput \fIexpectedValue\fR . The \fB\-errorOutput\fR attribute supplies the \fIexpectedValue\fR against -which any output sent to \fBstderr\fR or \fBerrorChannel\fR during +which any output sent to \fBstderr\fR or \fBerrorChannel\fR during evaluation of the script(s) will be compared. Note that only output printed using the global \fBputs\fR command is used for comparison. If \fB\-errorOutput\fR is not specified, output sent to \fBstderr\fR and @@ -642,14 +642,6 @@ This test can only be run on any Windows platform. . This test can only be run on any Windows NT platform. .TP -\fI95\fR -. -This test can only be run on any Windows 95 platform. -.TP -\fI98\fR -. -This test can only be run on any Windows 98 platform. -.TP \fImac\fR . This test can only be run on any Mac platform. @@ -669,7 +661,7 @@ This test can only be run on a Mac or Unix platform. \fItempNotWin\fR . This test can not be run on Windows. This flag is used to temporarily -disable a test. +disable a test. .TP \fItempNotMac\fR . @@ -679,17 +671,17 @@ to temporarily disable a test. \fIunixCrash\fR . This test crashes if it is run on Unix. This flag is used to temporarily -disable a test. +disable a test. .TP \fIwinCrash\fR . This test crashes if it is run on Windows. This flag is used to temporarily -disable a test. +disable a test. .TP \fImacCrash\fR . This test crashes if it is run on a Mac. This flag is used to temporarily -disable a test. +disable a test. .TP \fIemptyTest\fR . @@ -710,17 +702,17 @@ This test can only be run in some known development environment. Some tests are inherently non-portable because they depend on things like word length, file system configuration, window manager, etc. This constraint has value false to cause tests to be skipped unless -the user specifies otherwise. +the user specifies otherwise. .TP \fIuserInteraction\fR . This test requires interaction from the user. This constraint has value false to causes tests to be skipped unless the user specifies -otherwise. +otherwise. .TP \fIinteractive\fR . -This test can only be run in if the interpreter is in interactive mode +This test can only be run in if the interpreter is in interactive mode (when the global tcl_interactive variable is set to 1). .TP \fInonBlockFiles\fR @@ -800,7 +792,7 @@ and sorted. Then each file will be evaluated in turn. If be \fBsource\fRd in the caller's context. If it is false, then a copy of \fBinterpreter\fR will be \fBexec\fR'd to evaluate each file. The multi-process operation is useful -when testing can cause errors so severe that a process +when testing can cause errors so severe that a process terminates. Although such an error may terminate a child process evaluating one file, the master process can continue with the rest of the test suite. In multi-process operation, @@ -880,10 +872,10 @@ harness are doing. . Sets the type of output verbosity desired to \fIlevel\fR, a list of zero or more of the elements \fBbody\fR, \fBpass\fR, -\fBskip\fR, \fBstart\fR, \fBerror\fR and \fBline\fR. Default value -is +\fBskip\fR, \fBstart\fR, \fBerror\fR, \fBline\fR, \fBmsec\fR and \fBusec\fR. +Default value is .QW "\fBbody error\fR" . -Levels are defined as: +Levels are defined as: .RS .IP "body (\fBb\fR)" Display the body of failed tests @@ -898,6 +890,16 @@ Print errorInfo and errorCode, if they exist, when a test return code does not match its expected return code .IP "line (\fBl\fR)" Print source file line information of failed tests +.IP "msec (\fBm\fR)" +Print each test's execution time in milliseconds +.IP "usec (\fBu\fR)" +Print each test's execution time in microseconds +.PP +Note that the \fBmsec\fR and \fBusec\fR verbosity levels are provided as +indicative measures only. They do not tackle the problem of repeatibility which +should be considered in performance tests or benchmarks. To use these verbosity +levels to thoroughly track performance degradations, consider wrapping your +test bodies with \fBtime\fR commands. .PP The single letter abbreviations noted above are also recognized so that @@ -919,7 +921,7 @@ test files have been evaluated. .IP 1 Also check for core files at the end of each \fBtest\fR command. .IP 2 -Check for core files at all times described above, and save a +Check for core files at all times described above, and save a copy of each core file produced in \fBconfigure \-tmpdir\fR. .RE .TP @@ -996,7 +998,7 @@ Sets the filename from which to read a script to be evaluated by \fBloadTestedCommands\fR. This is an alternative to \fB\-load\fR. They cannot be used together. .TP -\fB\-outfile \fIfilename\fR +\fB\-outfile \fIfilename\fR . Sets the file to which all output produced by tcltest should be written. A file named \fIfilename\fR will be \fBopen\fRed for writing, @@ -1073,7 +1075,7 @@ used by \fBrunAllTests\fR to find test files. It is a good rule of thumb to have one test file for each source code file of your project. It is good practice to edit the test file and the source code file together, keeping tests synchronized with code changes. -.PP +.PP Most of the code in the test file should be the \fBtest\fR commands. Use constraints to skip tests, rather than conditional evaluation of \fBtest\fR. @@ -1207,7 +1209,7 @@ to establish a configuration from command line arguments. There are two known issues related to nested evaluations of \fBtest\fR. The first issue relates to the stack level in which test scripts are executed. Tests nested within other tests may be executed at the same -stack level as the outermost test. For example, in the following code: +stack level as the outermost test. For example, in the following code: .PP .CS \fBtest\fR level-1.1 {level 1} { @@ -1219,7 +1221,7 @@ stack level as the outermost test. For example, in the following code: .CE .PP any script executed in level-2.1 may be executed at the same stack -level as the script defined for level-1.1. +level as the script defined for level-1.1. .PP In addition, while two \fBtest\fRs have been run, results will only be reported by \fBcleanupTests\fR for tests at the same level as @@ -1249,7 +1251,7 @@ script is being run. Errors thrown by C procedures or printed directly from C applications will not be caught by the \fBtest\fR command. Therefore, usage of the \fB\-output\fR and \fB\-errorOutput\fR options to \fBtest\fR is useful only for pure Tcl applications -that use \fBputs\fR to produce output. +that use \fBputs\fR to produce output. .SH KEYWORDS test, test harness, test suite .\" Local Variables: diff --git a/doc/tclvars.n b/doc/tclvars.n index 44a8e11..adefe40 100644 --- a/doc/tclvars.n +++ b/doc/tclvars.n @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH tclvars n 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME -argc, argv, argv0, auto_path, env, errorCode, errorInfo, tcl_interactive, tcl_library, tcl_nonwordchars, tcl_patchLevel, tcl_pkgPath, tcl_platform, tcl_precision, tcl_rcFileName, tcl_traceCompile, tcl_traceEval, tcl_wordchars, tcl_version \- Variables used by Tcl +argc, argv, argv0, auto_path, env, errorCode, errorInfo, tcl_interactive, tcl_library, tcl_nonwordchars, tcl_patchLevel, tcl_pkgPath, tcl_platform, tcl_precision, tcl_rcFileName, tcl_traceCompile, tcl_traceExec, tcl_wordchars, tcl_version \- Variables used by Tcl .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Note that this environment variable should \fInot\fR normally be set. \fBenv(TCLLIBPATH)\fR . If set, then it must contain a valid Tcl list giving directories to -search during auto-load operations. Directories must be specified in +search during auto-load operations. Directories must be specified in Tcl format, using .QW / as the path separator, regardless of platform. @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ nested Tcl commands that had been invoked at the time of the error. This variable holds the name of a directory containing the system library of Tcl scripts, such as those used for auto-loading. The value of this variable is returned by the \fBinfo library\fR command. -See the \fBlibrary\fR manual entry for details of the facilities +See the \fBlibrary\fR manual entry for details of the facilities provided by the Tcl script library. Normally each application or package will have its own application-specific script library in addition to the Tcl script library; @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ predefined elements are: \fBbyteOrder\fR . The native byte order of this machine: either \fBlittleEndian\fR or -\fBbigEndian\fR. +\fBbigEndian\fR. .TP \fBdebug\fR . @@ -299,6 +299,11 @@ so extension writers can specify which package to load depending on the C run-time library that is in use. This is not an indication that this core contains symbols. .TP +\fBengine\fR +. +The name of the Tcl language implementation. When the interpreter is first +created, this is always set to the string \fBTcl\fR. +.TP \fBmachine\fR . The instruction set executed by this machine, such as @@ -308,18 +313,13 @@ is the value returned by \fBuname -m\fR. \fBos\fR . The name of the operating system running on this machine, -such as \fBWindows 95\fR, \fBWindows NT\fR, or \fBSunOS\fR. +such as \fBWindows NT\fR or \fBSunOS\fR. On UNIX machines, this is the value returned by \fBuname -s\fR. -On Windows 95 and Windows 98, the value returned will be \fBWindows -95\fR to provide better backwards compatibility to Windows 95; to -distinguish between the two, check the \fBosVersion\fR. .TP \fBosVersion\fR . The version number for the operating system running on this machine. -On UNIX machines, this is the value returned by \fBuname -r\fR. On -Windows 95, the version will be 4.0; on Windows 98, the version will -be 4.10. +On UNIX machines, this is the value returned by \fBuname -r\fR. .TP \fBpathSeparator\fR .VS 8.6 @@ -347,8 +347,8 @@ was compiled with threads enabled. . This identifies the current user based on the login information available on the platform. -This comes from the USER or LOGNAME environment variable on Unix, -and the value from GetUserName on Windows. +This value comes from the getuid() and getpwuid() system calls on Unix, +and the value from the GetUserName() system call on Windows. .TP \fBwordSize\fR . @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ binary number. .PP .RS If \fBtcl_precision\fR is not zero, then when Tcl converts a floating -point number, it creates a decimal representation of at most +point number, it creates a decimal representation of at most \fBtcl_precision\fR significant digits; the result may be shorter if the shorter result represents the original number exactly. If no result of at most \fBtcl_precision\fR digits is an exact representation @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH tell n 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/throw.n b/doc/throw.n index b28f2e4..0d1df78 100644 --- a/doc/throw.n +++ b/doc/throw.n @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH throw n 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH time n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH tm n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/trace.n b/doc/trace.n index 63ed1cb..5482e59 100644 --- a/doc/trace.n +++ b/doc/trace.n @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH trace n "8.4" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/transchan.n b/doc/transchan.n index e308e13..4da74f2 100644 --- a/doc/transchan.n +++ b/doc/transchan.n @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -'\" +'\" '\" Copyright (c) 2008 Donal K. Fellows '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" -.so man.macros .TH transchan n 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH try n 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/unknown.n b/doc/unknown.n index fc2a5a1..82dcefc 100644 --- a/doc/unknown.n +++ b/doc/unknown.n @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH unknown n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -21,14 +21,14 @@ tries to invoke a command that does not exist. The default implementation of \fBunknown\fR is a library procedure defined when Tcl initializes an interpreter. You can override the default \fBunknown\fR to change its functionality, or you can register a new handler for individual namespaces -using the \fBnamespace unknown\fR command. Note that there is no default +using the \fBnamespace unknown\fR command. Note that there is no default implementation of \fBunknown\fR in a safe interpreter. .PP If the Tcl interpreter encounters a command name for which there -is not a defined command (in either the current namespace, or the +is not a defined command (in either the current namespace, or the global namespace), then Tcl checks for the existence of an unknown handler for the current namespace. By default, this -handler is a command named \fB::unknown\fR. If there is no such +handler is a command named \fB::unknown\fR. If there is no such command, then the interpreter returns an error. If the \fBunknown\fR command exists (or a new handler has been registered for the current namespace), then it is invoked with diff --git a/doc/unload.n b/doc/unload.n index 4c0b292..0a8e99b 100644 --- a/doc/unload.n +++ b/doc/unload.n @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH unload n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ never report an error. \fB\-keeplibrary\fR . This switch will prevent \fBunload\fR from issuing the operating system call -that will unload the library from the process. +that will unload the library from the process. .TP \fB\-\|\-\fR . @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ the library is used by other interpreters), \fBTCL_UNLOAD_DETACH_FROM_INTERPRETER\fR will be defined. However, if the library is used only by the target interpreter and the library will be detached from the application as soon as the unload procedure returns, -the \fIflags\fR argument will be set to \fBTCL_UNLOAD_DETACH_FROM_PROCESS\fR. +the \fIflags\fR argument will be set to \fBTCL_UNLOAD_DETACH_FROM_PROCESS\fR. .SS NOTES .PP The \fBunload\fR command cannot unload libraries that are statically diff --git a/doc/unset.n b/doc/unset.n index 64b334d..2cfc63e 100644 --- a/doc/unset.n +++ b/doc/unset.n @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH unset n 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/update.n b/doc/update.n index 0c77c5f..ce0fb25 100644 --- a/doc/update.n +++ b/doc/update.n @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH update n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/uplevel.n b/doc/uplevel.n index 6c8a957..4decc6d 100644 --- a/doc/uplevel.n +++ b/doc/uplevel.n @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH uplevel n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/upvar.n b/doc/upvar.n index 60e5324..91defe6 100644 --- a/doc/upvar.n +++ b/doc/upvar.n @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH upvar n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/variable.n b/doc/variable.n index 96263b6..a6e545f 100644 --- a/doc/variable.n +++ b/doc/variable.n @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH variable n 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/vwait.n b/doc/vwait.n index 38a8081..f64d39c 100644 --- a/doc/vwait.n +++ b/doc/vwait.n @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH vwait n 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME diff --git a/doc/while.n b/doc/while.n index 5416e25..961260c 100644 --- a/doc/while.n +++ b/doc/while.n @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH while n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" -.so man.macros +'\" .TH zlib n 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands" +.so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ named by the \fBfilename\fR field was modified. Suitable for use with The type of the uncompressed data (\fBbinary\fR or \fBtext\fR) if known. .RE .TP -\fBzlib gzip\fI string\fR ?\fB\-level \fIlevel\fR? ?\fB\-header \fIdict\fR? +\fBzlib gzip\fI string\fR ?\fB\-level \fIlevel\fR? ?\fB\-header \fIdict\fR? . Return the compressed contents of binary string \fIstring\fR in gzip format. If \fB\-level\fR is given, \fIlevel\fR gives the compression level to use |